Investar Holding (NASDAQ: ISTR) expands with $112.9M WFB acquisition
Rhea-AI Filing Summary
Investar Holding Corporation, the parent of Investar Bank, reports on its community banking business across Louisiana, Texas and Alabama. As of December 31, 2025, the company had $2.8 billion in total assets, $2.1 billion in net loans, $2.4 billion in deposits and $301.1 million in stockholders’ equity.
The bank focuses on commercial and retail lending, with lending income contributing more than 80% of total revenue in recent years, and offers a broad suite of deposit, treasury management and digital services. On January 1, 2026, Investar completed the acquisition of Wichita Falls Bancshares, Inc. and its bank subsidiary with $1.2 billion in assets, $1.0 billion in loans and $1.0 billion in deposits, paid through $7.2 million in cash and 3,955,272 Investar shares valued at $112.9 million.
The filing highlights extensive regulatory oversight, capital requirements and risk factors. Key risks include sensitivity to interest rates and inflation, liquidity pressures, competition for deposits, credit quality in commercial lending, regulatory and compliance burdens, cybersecurity threats and macroeconomic or geopolitical shocks that could affect earnings and capital.
Positive
- None.
Negative
- None.
Insights
Investar scales up through a major Texas acquisition while managing rate, credit and regulatory risks.
Investar Holding Corporation outlines a traditional community banking model with a heavy emphasis on commercial lending, where lending income represented 81–84% of total revenue over the last three years. As of
The acquisition of Wichita Falls Bancshares, Inc., closed on
The company also discloses notable interest rate and securities valuation pressures. Higher rates in recent years lifted the cost of interest-bearing deposits to
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________________________
FORM
_____________________________________
(Mark One)
| | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended
or
| | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number:
____________________________________________________
Investar Holding Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________________________________
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of each class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of each exchange on which registered | ||||||
| | | The |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | | ☑ | ||||||||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | | ||||||||
| Emerging growth company | |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the common stock as of June 30, 2025, was approximately $
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date, is as follows: Common stock, $1.00 par value per share,
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Investar Holding Corporation are incorporated by reference into Part III of the Form 10-K. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page |
||||||||
| PART I |
||||||||
| Item 1. |
Business |
5 |
||||||
| Item 1A. |
Risk Factors |
18 |
||||||
| Item 1B. |
Unresolved Staff Comments |
30 |
||||||
| Item 1C. | Cybersecurity | 30 | ||||||
| Item 2. |
Properties |
32 |
||||||
| Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
32 |
||||||
| Item 4. |
Mine Safety Disclosures |
32 |
||||||
| PART II |
||||||||
| Item 5. |
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
32 |
||||||
| Item 6. |
[Reserved] |
34 |
||||||
| Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
35 |
||||||
| Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk |
61 |
||||||
| Item 8. |
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
62 |
||||||
| Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
118 |
||||||
| Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
118 |
||||||
| Item 9B. |
Other Information |
120 |
||||||
| Item 9C. | Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections | 120 | ||||||
| PART III |
||||||||
| Item 10. |
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
121 |
||||||
| Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
121 |
||||||
| Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
121 |
||||||
| Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
121 |
||||||
| Item 14. |
Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
121 |
||||||
| PART IV |
||||||||
| Item 15. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
122 |
||||||
| Item 16. |
Form 10-K Summary |
124 |
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS
Below is a listing of certain acronyms, abbreviations and defined terms, among others, used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
| 2027 Notes | – | 6.00% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2027 |
| 2029 Notes | – | 5.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2029 |
| 2032 Notes | – | 5.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2032 |
| ACL |
– |
Allowance For Credit Losses |
| AFS |
– |
Available For Sale |
| AI |
– |
Artificial Intelligence |
| ALCO |
– |
Asset/Liability Committee |
| AOCI | – | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |
| Articles of Amendment | – | Articles of Amendment to Investar Holding Corporation's Restated Articles of Incorporation |
| ASC |
– |
Accounting Standards Codification |
| ASU |
– |
Accounting Standards Update |
| ATM |
– |
Automated Teller Machine |
| Bank |
– |
Investar Bank, National Association |
| Board |
– |
Board of Directors of Investar Holding Corporation |
| BOLI |
– |
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
| BTFP |
– |
Bank Term Funding Program |
| CBLR |
– |
Community Bank Leverage Ratio |
| CECL |
– |
Current Expected Credit Loss |
| CFPB |
– |
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau |
| Cheaha |
– |
Cheaha Financial Group, Inc. |
| CIO |
– |
Chief Information Officer |
| CISO |
– |
Chief Information Security Officer |
| CODM |
– |
Chief Operating Decision Maker |
| Company |
– |
Investar Holding Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank (also, “we,” “our,” or “us”) |
| CRA |
– |
Community Reinvestment Act |
| ECOA | – | Equal Credit Opportunity Act |
| ESOP |
– |
Employee Stock Ownership Plan |
| Exchange Act |
– |
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended |
| FASB |
– |
Financial Accounting Standards Board |
| FDIC |
– |
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation |
| FHLB |
– |
Federal Home Loan Bank |
| FNB | – | First National Bank |
| FRB |
– |
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta |
| GAAP |
– |
U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles |
| HTM |
– |
Held To Maturity |
| IRP |
– |
Incident Response Plan |
| IS Program |
– |
Information Security Program |
| IT Committee |
– |
Information Technology Committee |
| ITM |
– |
Interactive Teller Machine |
| LIBOR | – | London Interbank Offered Rate |
| LTIP |
– |
Long Term Incentive Plan |
| NAICS | – | North American Industry Classification System |
| NIST |
– |
National Institute of Standards and Technology |
| OBBBA | – | One Big Beautiful Bill Act |
| OCC |
– |
Office of the Comptroller of Currency |
| PCD |
– |
Purchased Credit Deteriorated |
| PCI |
– |
Purchased Credit Impaired |
| PSL | – | Purchased Seasoned Loans |
| Restated Articles | – | Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended by the Articles of Amendment effective as of June 30, 2025 |
| ROU |
– |
Right-Of-Use |
| RSU |
– |
Restricted Stock Unit |
| SBIC |
– |
Small Business Investment Company |
| SCA |
– |
Salary Continuation Agreement |
| SEC |
– |
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission |
| Securities Act | – | Securities Act of 1933, as amended |
| SOFR |
– |
Secured Overnight Financing Rate |
| U.S. |
– |
United States |
| WFB | – | Wichita Falls Bancshares, Inc. |
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
| • |
the significant risks and uncertainties for our business, results of operations and financial condition, as well as our regulatory capital and liquidity ratios and other regulatory requirements caused by business and economic conditions generally and in the financial services industry in particular, whether nationally, regionally or in the markets in which we operate, including heightened uncertainties resulting from recent changing trade and tariff policies that could have an adverse impact on inflation and economic growth at least in the near term; |
| • | changes in inflation, interest rates, yield curves and interest rate spread relationships that affect our loan and deposit pricing; |
| • | our ability to successfully execute our strategy focused on consistent, quality earnings through the optimization of our balance sheet, and our ability to successfully execute a long-term growth strategy; |
| • |
our ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth, and the composition of that growth; |
| • | our ability to identify and enter into agreements to combine with attractive acquisition candidates, finance acquisitions, complete acquisitions after definitive agreements are entered into, and successfully integrate and grow acquired operations; |
| • | our potential growth, including our entrance or expansion into new markets, and the need for sufficient capital to support that growth; |
| • | a reduction in liquidity, including as a result of a reduction in the amount of deposits we hold or other sources of liquidity; |
| • | inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates we make in establishing reserves for credit losses and other estimates; |
| • | changes in the quality or composition of our loan portfolio, including adverse developments in borrower industries or in the repayment ability of individual borrowers; |
| • | changes in the quality and composition of, and changes in unrealized losses in, our investment portfolio, including whether we may have to sell securities before their recovery of amortized cost basis and realize losses; |
| • |
the extent of continuing client demand for the high level of personalized service that is a key element of our banking approach as well as our ability to execute our strategy generally; |
| • |
our dependence on our management team, and our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; |
| • |
the concentration of our business within our geographic areas of operation in Louisiana, Texas and Alabama; |
| • | risks to holders of our common stock relating to our Series A Preferred Stock, including, but not limited to, dividend preferences to holders of the preferred stock, other conditions with respect to the payment of dividends on our common stock, potential dilution upon conversion of the preferred stock, and liquidation preferences to holders of the preferred stock; |
| • | increasing costs of complying with new and potential future regulations; |
| • | new or increasing geopolitical tensions, including resulting from wars in Ukraine and Israel and surrounding areas; |
| • | the emergence or worsening of widespread public health challenges or pandemics; |
| • |
concentration of credit exposure; |
| • |
any deterioration in asset quality and higher loan charge-offs, and the time and effort necessary to resolve problem assets; |
| • | fluctuations in the price of oil and natural gas; |
| • |
data processing system failures and errors; |
| • |
risks associated with our digital transformation process, including increased risks of cyberattacks and other security breaches and challenges associated with addressing the increased prevalence of artificial intelligence; |
| • | risks of losses resulting from increased fraud attacks against us and others in the financial services industry; |
| • |
potential impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets; |
| • |
the impact of litigation and other legal proceedings to which we become subject; |
| • |
competitive pressures in the commercial finance, retail banking, mortgage lending and consumer finance industries, as well as the financial resources of, and products offered by, competitors; |
| • |
the impact of changes in laws and regulations applicable to us, including banking, securities and tax laws and regulations and accounting standards, as well as changes in the interpretation of such laws and regulations by our regulators; |
| • |
changes in the scope and costs of FDIC insurance and other coverages; |
| • |
governmental monetary and fiscal policies; and |
| • |
hurricanes, tropical storms, tropical depressions, floods, winter storms, droughts and other adverse weather events, all of which have affected the Company’s market areas from time to time; other natural disasters; oil spills and other man-made disasters; acts of terrorism; other international or domestic calamities; acts of God; and other matters beyond our control. |
The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included herein. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements.
Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
PART I
Item 1. Business
General
Investar Holding Corporation, a Louisiana corporation incorporated in 2009, is a financial holding company headquartered in Baton Rouge, Louisiana that conducts its operations primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investar Bank, National Association, a national bank chartered by the OCC. The Bank was originally chartered as a Louisiana commercial bank in 2006 and converted to a national bank in July 2019. Through the Bank, the Company offers a wide range of commercial banking products tailored to meet the needs of individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses. Our primary areas of operation are south Louisiana, including Baton Rouge, New Orleans, Lafayette, Lake Charles, and their surrounding areas; Texas, including Houston and its surrounding area, and, as of January 1, 2026, north Dallas and Wichita Falls and their surrounding areas; and Alabama, including York and Oxford and their surrounding areas. These markets are served from our executive and operations center located in Baton Rouge and from 36 full-service branches located throughout our market areas. We have experienced significant growth since the Bank was chartered, completing eight whole-bank acquisitions and establishing additional branches in our market areas.
As of December 31, 2025, on a consolidated basis, the Company had total assets of $2.8 billion, net loans of $2.1 billion, total deposits of $2.4 billion, and stockholders’ equity of $301.1 million.
Our strategy focuses on consistent, quality earnings through the optimization of our balance sheet by originating and renewing high quality, primarily variable-rate, loans and allowing higher risk credit relationships to run off. Our strategy also includes growth through acquisitions, including whole-bank acquisitions, strategic branch acquisitions and asset acquisitions. Over time, management believes that we have significant opportunities for growth and franchise expansion, both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Although the financial services industry is rapidly changing and intensely competitive, and likely to remain so, we believe that the Bank competes effectively as a local community bank and possesses the availability of local access and responsive customer service, coupled with competitively-priced products and services, necessary to successfully compete with other financial institutions for individual and small to medium-sized business customers.
All cross-references to the “Notes” in this Form 10-K refer to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. The information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is as of March 16, 2026, unless otherwise indicated herein.
Operations
General. We offer a full range of commercial and retail lending products throughout our market areas, including business loans to small to medium-sized businesses as well as loans to individuals. Our business lending products include owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, construction loans and commercial and industrial loans, such as term loans, equipment financing and lines of credit, while our loans to individuals include first and second mortgage loans, installment loans, and lines of credit. For business customers, we target small to medium-sized businesses and professional organizations such as law firms, accounting firms and medical practices.
Management considers all of our operations to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. For additional information regarding segment reporting, see Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Segment Reporting.
Lending Activities. Income generated by our lending activities represents a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, income from our lending activities comprised 83%, 81% and 84%, respectively, of our total revenue. Over the last three fiscal years, we have increased our focus on commercial real estate loans and commercial and industrial loans.
Lending to Businesses. Our lending to small to medium-sized businesses falls into three general categories for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023:
| • |
Commercial real estate loans. Approximately 48% of our total loans at December 31, 2025 were commercial real estate loans, which include multifamily, farmland and commercial real estate loans, with owner-occupied loans comprising approximately 44% of the commercial real estate loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loan terms generally are 10 years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable, although rates typically will not be fixed for a period exceeding 120 months, and we generally charge an origination fee. Risks associated with commercial real estate loans include, among other things, fluctuations in the value of real estate, new job creation trends, tenant vacancy rates, and the quality of the borrower’s management. We attempt to limit risk by analyzing a borrower’s cash flow and collateral value on an ongoing basis. The loans are primarily secured by commercial real estate. Also, we typically require personal guarantees from the principal owners of the property, supported by a review of their personal financial statements, as an additional means of mitigating our risk. We also manage risk by avoiding concentrations in any one business or industry. For further discussion see “Commercial real estate loans may expose us to greater risks than our other real estate loans.” in Item 1A. Risk Factors. |
| • |
Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial loans primarily consist of working capital lines of credit and equipment loans. The terms of these loans vary by purpose and by type of underlying collateral. We make equipment loans for a term of five years or less at fixed or variable rates, with the loan fully amortized over the term and secured by the relevant piece of equipment. Loans to support working capital typically have terms not exceeding one year, and such loans are secured by accounts receivable or inventory. Fixed rate loans are priced based on collateral, term and amortization. The interest rate for floating rate loans is typically tied to the prime rate published in The Wall Street Journal or SOFR. Commercial and industrial loans include variable-rate loans to consumer finance lending companies. Loans to consumer finance lending companies accounted for approximately 8% of our total loans at December 31, 2025. Commercial and industrial loans also include public finance loans made to governmental entities, which can be taxable or tax-exempt, for purposes including debt refinancing, economic development, quality of life projects, short-term cash-flow needs, and infrastructure enhancements, among other things. Public finance loans are generally repaid using pledged revenue sources including income tax, property tax, sales tax, and utility revenue, among other sources. Public finance loans comprise less than 5% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2025. Commercial and industrial loans accounted for approximately 27% of our total loans at December 31, 2025.
Commercial lending generally involves different risks from those associated with commercial real estate lending or construction lending. Although commercial loans may be collateralized by equipment or other business assets (including real estate, if available as collateral), the repayment of these types of loans depends primarily on the creditworthiness and projected cash flow of the borrower (and any guarantors). Thus, the general business conditions of the local economy and the borrower’s ability to sell its products and services, thereby generating sufficient operating revenue to repay us under the agreed upon terms and conditions, are the chief considerations when assessing the risk of a commercial loan. The liquidation of collateral, if any, is considered a secondary source of repayment because equipment and other business assets may, among other things, be obsolete or of limited resale value. We actively monitor certain financial measures of the borrower, including advance rate, cash flow, collateral value and other appropriate credit factors. We also manage risk by avoiding concentrations in any one business or industry. For further discussion see “Commercial and industrial loans may expose us to greater risk than other loans.” in Item 1A. Risk Factors. |
| • |
Construction and development loans. Construction and development loans, which consist of loans for the construction of commercial projects, single family residential properties and multifamily properties, accounted for approximately 7% of our total loans at December 31, 2025. Our construction and development loans are made on both a “pre-sold” basis and on a “speculative” basis. Construction and development loans are generally made with a term of 6 to 18 months, with interest accruing at either a fixed or floating rate and paid monthly. These loans are secured by the underlying project being built. We disburse funds in installments based on the percentage of completion and only after the project has been inspected by an experienced construction lender or third-party inspector. For construction loans, loan to value ratios range from 70% to 80% of the developed/completed value, while for development loans our loan to value ratios typically will not exceed 70% to 75% of such value. Speculative loans are based on the borrower’s financial strength and cash flow position. |
Construction lending entails significant additional risks compared to commercial real estate or residential real estate lending due to the dynamics of construction projects, changes in interest rates, the long-term financing market, and state and local government regulations. One such risk is that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the property under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to the completion of construction. Thus, it is more difficult to accurately evaluate the total loan funds required to complete a project and to calculate related loan-to-value ratios. We attempt to minimize the risks associated with construction lending by limiting loan-to-value ratios as described above. In addition, as to speculative development loans, we generally make such loans only to borrowers that have a positive pre-existing relationship with us. We also manage risk by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding concentrations in any one business or industry.
Lending to Individuals. We make the following types of loans to our individual customers:
| • |
Residential real estate. 1-4 family residential real estate loans, including second mortgage loans, comprised approximately 17% of our total loans at December 31, 2025. Second mortgage loans in this category include only loans we make to cover the gap between the purchase price of a residence and the amount of the first mortgage; all other second mortgage loans are considered consumer loans. Loan to value ratios do not typically exceed 80%, although some of the mortgage loans that we retain in our portfolio may have higher loan to value ratios. We use an independent appraiser to establish collateral values. We generate residential real estate mortgage loans through Bank referrals and contacts with real estate agents in our markets. We do not originate subprime residential real estate loans. In the third quarter of 2023, we exited the consumer mortgage origination business. At December 31, 2025, the consumer mortgage portfolio was approximately $224.5 million, substantially all of which is included in the 1-4 family residential real estate loan category. The remaining loans in the category consisted primarily of second mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate. |
| • |
Consumer loans. Consumer loans represented less than 1% of our total loans at December 31, 2025. We make these loans (which are normally fixed-rate loans) to individuals for a variety of personal, family and household purposes. The loans may be secured or unsecured and installment or term loans. Because many consumer loans are secured by depreciable assets such as cars, boats and trailers, the loans are amortized over the useful life of the asset. The amortization of second mortgages generally does not exceed 15 years and the rates generally are not fixed for more than 60 months. As a general matter, in underwriting these loans, our credit analysts review a borrower’s past credit history, credit scores, past income level, debt history and, when applicable, cash flow, debt to income ratio, and payment to income, and determine the impact of all these factors on the ability of the borrower to make future payments as agreed. A comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount, is also a consideration in the underwriting process. Repayment of consumer loans depends upon key consumer economic measures and upon the borrower’s financial stability and is more likely to be adversely affected by divorce, job loss, illness and personal hardships than repayment of other loans. A shortfall in the value of any collateral also may pose a risk of loss to us for these types of loans. |
Deposits. We offer a broad base of deposit products and services to our individual and business clients, including savings, checking, and money market accounts, as well as a variety of certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. We also offer a reciprocal deposit product, Assured Checking, that allows customers to deposit funds in excess of the FDIC’s $250,000 insurance limit and have the funds insured by the FDIC. We offer debit cards, internet banking, mobile banking with smartphone deposit capability as well as debit card protection settings. For our business clients, we offer a competitive suite of treasury management products which include, but are not limited to, remote deposit capture, virtual vaults, positive pay, Automated Clearing House origination, credit card processing, wire transfer, investment sweep accounts, and enhanced business internet banking.
Other Banking Services. The Bank’s other banking services include cashiers’ checks, direct deposit of payroll and Social Security checks, night depository, bank-by-mail, ATMs with deposit automation, debit cards, corporate credit cards, mobile wallet payment options, electronic statements, electronic banking for consumer and business customers, and Zelle® for consumers. In addition, the Bank has options for contactless banking, including ITMs and online account opening. ITMs are an upgrade on traditional ATM technology that allow customers to virtually interact directly with Bank staff. Online account opening allows a consumer to open a number of available checking, savings, and certificate of deposit accounts online. The Bank does not offer trust services or insurance products.
Acquisition Activity
General. From time to time we evaluate potential acquisition opportunities including whole-bank acquisitions and strategic branch acquisitions. We believe there are many banking institutions that continue to face credit challenges, capital constraints and liquidity issues and that lack the scale and management expertise to manage the increasing regulatory burden. Our management team has a long history of identifying targets, assessing and pricing risk and executing acquisitions in a creative, yet disciplined, manner. We seek acquisitions that provide meaningful financial benefits, long-term organic growth opportunities and expense reductions, without compromising our risk profile. Additionally, we seek banking markets with favorable competitive dynamics and potential consolidation opportunities.
Recent Acquisitions. All of our acquisition activity is evaluated and overseen by a standing Mergers and Acquisitions Committee of our Board. Acquisitions completed since January 1, 2023 are discussed below.
Acquisition of Wichita Falls Bancshares, Inc. On January 1, 2026, the Company completed its acquisition of WFB and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FNB, headquartered in Wichita Falls, Texas with six additional branches serving the surrounding areas. All of the issued and outstanding shares of WFB common stock were converted into aggregate merger consideration consisting of $7.2 million in cash and 3,955,272 shares of Company common stock for an aggregate transaction value of $112.9 million. This value is based on the Company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2025 of $26.72 per common share. On the date of the acquisition, WFB had $1.2 billion in total assets, including $1.0 billion in gross loans, and $1.0 billion in deposits. The Company is currently evaluating the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed that will be recorded in the consolidated financial statements.
Sale of Two Branches to First Community Bank. On January 27, 2023, the Bank sold certain assets, deposits and other liabilities associated with its Alice and Victoria, Texas locations to First Community Bank, a Texas state bank located in Corpus Christi, Texas. The Bank sold approximately $13.9 million in loans and $14.5 million in deposits.
Branch Closures and Land Sales. During the last three fiscal years, we closed two branches. One of the branches had been acquired, and the closures involved anticipated synergies that resulted in significant cost savings. We continue to evaluate opportunities to reduce our physical branch footprint and further improve efficiency through digital initiatives.
De Novo Branches or Conversion Activity
In the fourth quarter of 2024, we converted an existing loan and deposit production office in our Texas market to a full-service branch location. In the third quarter of 2023, we converted an existing loan and deposit production office in our Alabama market to a cashless branch designed to provide a digital banking experience. We do not expect to open de novo branches in 2026.
Competition
We face competition in all major product and geographic areas in which we conduct our operations. Through the Bank, we compete for available loans and deposits with state, regional and national banks, as well as savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment companies. All of these institutions compete in the delivery of services and products through availability, quality and pricing, both with respect to interest rates on loans and deposits and fees charged for banking services. Many of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater resources than we do, including higher total assets and capitalization, greater access to capital markets, and a broader offering of financial services. As larger institutions, many of our competitors can offer more attractive pricing than we can offer and have more extensive branch networks from which they can offer their financial services products.
While we continually strive to offer competitive pricing for our banking products, we believe that our community bank approach to customers, focusing on quality customer service, and maintaining strong customer relationships affords us the best opportunity to successfully compete with other institutions. In addition, as a smaller institution, we think we can be flexible in developing and implementing new products and services. Further, in recent years there has been consolidation activity involving banks with a presence in our markets. In our view, mergers and other business combinations within our markets provide us with growth opportunities. Many acquisitions, especially when local institutions are acquired by institutions based outside our markets, result not only in customer disruption, but also in a loss of market knowledge and relationships that we believe provide us the opportunity to acquire customers seeking a personalized approach to banking. Furthermore, acquisition activity typically creates opportunities to hire talented personnel from the combining institutions.
The following table sets forth certain information about our total deposits, and our share of total deposits, in specified locations, and is shown as of June 30, 2025, which is the latest date for which such information is available.
| Location |
Investar Total Deposits |
Investar Share of Deposits |
||||||
| (in millions) |
||||||||
| Baton Rouge, Louisiana |
$ | 1,078 | 4.2 | % | ||||
| New Orleans, Louisiana |
267 | 0.6 | ||||||
| Lafayette, Louisiana |
299 | 3.4 | ||||||
| Evangeline Parish, Louisiana(1) |
158 | 19.9 | ||||||
| East and West Feliciana Parishes, Louisiana(1) |
108 | 15.5 | ||||||
| Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana(1) |
22 | 0.4 | ||||||
| Houston, Texas |
145 | 0.0 | ||||||
| Sumter County, Alabama(1) |
141 | 48.6 | ||||||
| Calhoun County, Alabama(1) |
238 | 10.0 | ||||||
| (1) |
Evangeline Parish, East and West Feliciana Parishes, Calcasieu Parish, Sumter County, and Calhoun County are not included in Metropolitan Statistical Areas but are included in this table to reflect the deposit balances of our branches in these parishes and counties. |
Supervision and Regulation
General. Banking is highly regulated under federal and state law. The following is a brief summary of certain aspects of that regulation that are material to us and does not purport to be a complete description of all regulations that affect us or all aspects of those regulations. To the extent particular statutory and regulatory provisions are described, the description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute or regulation.
We are a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is a national bank chartered under the laws of the U.S. by the OCC and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. This system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework for our operations and, consequently, can have a material impact on our growth and earnings performance.
The primary goals of the bank regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. This system is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds, bank depositors, and the public, rather than our shareholders and creditors. The banking agencies have broad enforcement power over bank holding companies and banks, including the authority, among other things, to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, require affirmative action to correct any violation or practice, issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced, direct increases in capital, direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets, limit dividends and distributions, restrict growth, assess civil monetary penalties, remove officers and directors, and, with respect to banks, terminate deposit insurance or place the bank into conservatorship or receivership. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations or unsafe or unsound practices.
The Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted on July 21, 2010, and regulations adopted pursuant to it, significantly altered the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry.
The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things:
| • |
established the CFPB, an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System with centralized responsibility for promulgating and enforcing federal consumer protection laws applicable to all entities offering consumer financial products or services; |
| • |
established the Financial Stability Oversight Council, tasked with the authority to identify and monitor institutions and systems that pose a systemic risk to the financial system; |
| • |
changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits held by the depository institution to the institution’s average total consolidated assets less tangible equity; |
| • |
increased the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35%; |
| • |
permanently increased the deposit insurance coverage amount from $100,000 to $250,000; |
| • |
required the federal banking agencies to make their capital requirements for insured depository institutions countercyclical, so that capital requirements increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction; |
| • |
directed the Federal Reserve to establish interchange fees for debit cards under a restrictive “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard; |
| • |
limited the ability of banking organizations to sponsor or invest in private equity and hedge funds and to engage in proprietary trading; |
| • |
increased regulation of consumer protections regarding mortgage originations, including originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, prepayment consideration, and mortgage servicing; |
| • |
restricted the preemption of select state laws by federal banking law applicable to national banks and disallowed subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks from availing themselves of such preemption; |
| • |
authorized national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location; and |
| • |
repealed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts. |
Some of these provisions have had and may continue to have the consequence of increasing our expenses, decreasing our revenues, and changing our operations.
Certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to ongoing implementation (such as the final rulemaking discussed below on small business lending data collection); further, in the past certain provisions implemented by federal agencies have been legislatively revised or rescinded, and Congress may do so again in the future. Additionally, the future implementation and enforcement of regulations may be affected by the current administration, which has made significant changes in the leadership of the various bank regulatory agencies and may continue to do so.
In early February 2025, the CFPB’s Acting Director issued directives to cease virtually all CFPB activities, including supervision, examinations, rulemaking, enforcement actions, and pending investigations. Since this time, the CFPB has remained largely dormant with limited rulemaking issuances or other activity. In November 2025, the Acting Director notified a federal court that the CFPB cannot request funds from the Federal Reserve under Dodd-Frank to fund its operations pursuant to a legal opinion issued by the Department of Justice’s Office of Legal Counsel. In December 2025, the federal court rejected this legal interpretation. In January 2026, the Acting Director notified the federal court that he had requested funding from the Federal Reserve to fund its operations for the first quarter of 2026. We cannot predict when or how these matters involving the CFPB will be resolved.
While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations, their interpretations or enforcement would have on us, these changes could be materially adverse to our financial condition and results of operations.
Small Business Lending Data Collection and Reporting. On March 30, 2023, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing Section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule requires financial institutions to collect and report data to the CFPB on small business loan applicants, including demographic data, lending decisions and the price and terms of credit. The purpose of the rulemaking is to increase transparency and combat discrimination in small business lending. The CFPB issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in November 2025 that would make certain changes to the rule, including reducing the number of data points banks must collect and report as well as extending the compliance deadline to January 1, 2028.
Open Banking Rule. On October 22, 2024, the CFPB issued its final rule implementing Section 1033 of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to personal financial data rights, more commonly known as the “Open Banking Rule.” The final rule, among other things, requires banks, credit unions, and other financial service providers to make a consumer’s data available upon request to the consumer and their authorized third parties in a secure and reliable manner, and establishes obligations for third parties accessing consumers’ data, including data security and privacy protections. According to the CFPB, the rule is designed to foster competition and innovation in the financial services industry by making it easier for consumers to switch financial providers and for new companies to offer innovative products and services. The rule is in a current state of flux as a federal court has issued a preliminary injunction prohibiting the CFPB from enforcing the rule until the CFPB can complete its reconsideration of the rule. In August 2025, the CFPB issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments as it evaluates issuing a proposed rule that would replace the current rule.
Interchange Fees. As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act directed the Federal Reserve to establish interchange fees for debit cards under a restrictive “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard (known as the “Durbin Amendment”). The Federal Reserve issued final rules implementing the Durbin Amendment in 2011, which capped interchange fees on debit cards. In October 2023, the Federal Reserve requested comment on a proposal to significantly lower the maximum interchange fee that a debit card issuer can receive for a debit card transaction. The proposed rule also includes a process that would result in automatic revisions to the interchange fee cap every two years without public comment. The proposed rule is pending and has not been finalized. While the current interchange fee cap on debit cards are, and the proposed rules would be only applicable to banks with over $10 billion in total assets, banks with under $10 billion in total assets such as the Bank could potentially indirectly face fee pressure in operating debit card programs should the proposal be adopted in its current form.
The Volcker Rule. On December 10, 2013, the Federal Reserve and the other federal banking regulators as well as the SEC each adopted a final rule implementing Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” Generally speaking, the final rule prohibited a bank and its affiliates from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring certain “covered funds” or from acquiring or retaining any ownership interest in such covered funds. Most private equity, venture capital and hedge funds are considered “covered funds” as are bank trust preferred collateralized debt obligations. The final rule required banking entities to divest disallowed securities by July 21, 2015, subject to extension upon application. The Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act that was enacted in 2018 amended Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act to exempt from the Volcker Rule any insured depository institution that has $10.0 billion or less in total consolidated assets and whose total trading assets and trading liabilities are 5.0% or less of total consolidated assets; therefore, the Bank is currently exempt from the Volcker Rule.
Brokered Deposits. The Bank has increased its level of brokered deposits in recent years. FDIC regulations governing brokered deposits (which apply to all insured depository institutions) define the term “brokered deposit” as “any deposit that is obtained, directly or indirectly, from or through the mediation or assistance of a ‘deposit broker.’” Generally, the banking agencies view brokered deposits as a more volatile funding source than core deposits. Only well-capitalized banks are permitted to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without a waiver from the FDIC (which historically has been challenging to obtain). On July 30, 2024, the FDIC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that, among other things, would revise the brokered deposit rule to expand the types of deposits that fall within the definition of brokered deposit. The FDIC’s new leadership withdrew this proposed rule on March 3, 2025.
Regulatory Capital Requirements
Capital Adequacy. The Federal Reserve Board monitors the capital adequacy of the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the OCC monitors the capital adequacy of the Bank. The regulatory agencies use a combination of risk-based guidelines and a leverage ratio to evaluate capital adequacy and consider these capital levels when taking action on various types of applications and when conducting supervisory activities related to safety and soundness. The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among financial institutions and their holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. A financial institution’s assets and off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. Regulatory capital, in turn, is classified in one of two tiers. “Tier 1” capital includes two components: (1) common equity Tier 1 capital and (2) additional Tier 1 capital. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock. Additional Tier 1 capital includes other perpetual instruments historically included in Tier 1 capital, such as non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. “Tier 2” capital includes, among other things, qualifying subordinated debt and allowances for credit losses, subject to limitations. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. Pursuant to the regulatory capital rules, the Company has made an election not to include unrealized gains and losses in the investment securities portfolio for purposes of calculating “Tier 1” capital and “Tier 2” capital.
Under the current regulatory framework, we are required to maintain the following minimum regulatory capital ratios:
| • |
A ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%; |
| • |
A ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%; |
| • |
A ratio of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital to total risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%; and |
| • |
A leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets) of at least 4.0%. |
In addition to these minimum regulatory capital ratios, the regulations establish a capital conservation buffer with respect to the first three capital ratios listed above. Specifically, banking organizations must hold common equity Tier 1 capital in excess of their minimum risk-based capital ratios by at least 2.5% of risk-weighted assets in order to avoid limits on capital distributions (including dividend payments, discretionary payments on Tier 1 instruments, and stock buybacks) and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. Thus, when including the 2.5% capital conservation buffer, a bank holding company and bank’s minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets becomes 7%, its minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets becomes 8.5%, and its minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets becomes 10.5%.
We were in compliance with all applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, as of December 31, 2025.
The required capital ratios set forth above are minimums, and the Federal Reserve and the OCC may determine that a banking organization, based on its size, complexity or risk profile, must maintain a higher level of capital in order to operate in a safe and sound manner. Risks such as concentration of credit risks and the risk arising from non-traditional activities, as well as the institution’s exposure to a decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates, and an institution’s ability to manage those risks are important factors that are to be taken into account by the federal banking agencies in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy.
The federal banking agencies finalized a rule in 2019 that allows bank holding companies and banks with less than $10.0 billion in total consolidated assets, limited amounts of certain assets and off-balance sheet exposures, and a leverage ratio of greater than 9% to elect to use the CBLR framework. A community banking organization electing to use the CBLR framework would have a simplified capital regime and would be considered well-capitalized as long as it had a leverage ratio of greater than 9%. The federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in December 2025 that would, among other things, lower the 9% leverage ratio requirement to 8%. We have not elected to use the CBLR framework, and it is uncertain if we will elect to use the CBLR framework in the future.
Furthermore, U.S. federal banking agencies’ rules permit bank holding companies and banks to phase-in, for regulatory capital purposes, the day-one impact of the CECL accounting rule in retained earnings over a period of three years commencing with time of adoption of the standard. We adopted the CECL accounting rule effective January 1, 2023. We did not make the election to phase in the impact of the CECL accounting rule on our regulatory capital calculations because the adoption did not have a significant impact on our regulatory capital ratios. For further discussion of the new CECL accounting rule, see Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses, and also see “Our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio, and we may be required to further increase our provision for credit losses. If our actual credit losses exceed our allowance for credit losses, our net income will decrease.” in Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Prompt Corrective Action Regulations. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the OCC is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized banks. For this purpose, a bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on its capital: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, as currently in effect, to be well-capitalized, a bank must have a leverage capital ratio of at least 5%, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, and must not be subject to any order or written agreement or directive by a federal banking agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to banks in the three undercapitalized categories that, if undertaken, could have a material adverse effect on the bank's operations or financial condition. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the bank is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, banking regulators must appoint a receiver or conservator for a bank that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified by regulation the relevant capital level for each category. A bank that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. An undercapitalized bank also is generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with OCC approval. The regulations also establish procedures for downgrading a bank to a lower capital category based on supervisory factors other than capital. Additionally, only a well-capitalized depository bank may accept or renew brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval and banks that are less than well-capitalized are subject to restrictions on the interest rates that can be paid on deposits.
Furthermore, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary depository institution meets its capital restoration plan, subject to various limitations. The controlling holding company’s obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5% of an undercapitalized subsidiary’s assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements.
The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations, the bank’s ability to engage in certain activities, and the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank met the requirements to be categorized as well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action framework as currently in effect.
Acquisitions by Bank Holding Companies
Federal laws, including the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, impose additional prior notice or approval requirements and ongoing regulatory requirements on any investor that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or bank holding company. We must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (1) acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of any bank or other bank holding company, (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or (3) merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. The Federal Reserve may determine not to approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly or substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned, the convenience and needs of the community to be served, and the record of a bank holding company and its subsidiary bank(s) in combating money laundering activities and their record of CRA performance. In addition, a failure to implement and maintain adequate compliance programs could cause the Federal Reserve or other banking regulators not to approve an acquisition when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit an acquisition even if approval is not required.
If the Bank seeks to acquire another depository institution or branches of another depository institution, it is required to obtain the prior approval of the OCC. In reviewing the application, the OCC will consider, among other things, the Bank’s capital level, its financial and managerial resources and future prospects, the impact of the transaction on the Bank’s safety and soundness, the impact of the transaction on competition in the relevant geographic market, its record in combating money laundering activities, the impact on the convenience and needs of the communities served, and the Bank’s record of Community Reinvestment Act performance.
Scope of Permissible Bank Holding Company Activities
In general, the Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities permissible for bank holding companies to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and such other activities as the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be properly incident thereto.
A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company and receive expanded powers if it and its depository institution subsidiaries are “well-capitalized” and “well managed,” and its subsidiary banks controlled by it have at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating. We have elected for the Company to be treated as a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, we may engage in a range of activities that are (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (2) complementary to a financial activity and that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of a depository institution or to the financial system generally. These activities include securities dealing, underwriting and market making, insurance underwriting and agency activities, merchant banking and insurance company portfolio investments. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators; securities activities by securities regulators; and insurance activities by insurance regulators.
The Bank Holding Company Act does not place territorial limitations on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. The Federal Reserve has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.
Source of Strength Doctrine for Bank Holding Companies
Under longstanding Federal Reserve policy that has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and to commit resources to support, the Bank. This support may be required at times when we may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans that we make to the Bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of the Bank. In the event of our bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Dividends
As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding company should not pay dividends unless: (1) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries; and (3) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes, and Basel III effected, additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends (including failure to maintain capital above the Basel III capital conservation buffer). The Federal Reserve may further restrict the payment of dividends by engaging in supervisory action to restrict dividends or by requiring us to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required under any applicable minimum capital requirements.
Our ability to pay dividends depends in part upon the receipt of dividends from the Bank. The Bank is also subject to certain restrictions on dividends under federal laws, regulations and policies. In general, under OCC regulations, the Bank may pay dividends to us without the approval of the OCC only if the amount of the dividend does not exceed the Bank’s net income earned during the current year (net of dividends paid) combined with its retained net income (net of dividends paid) of the immediately preceding two years. The Bank must obtain the approval of the OCC for any amount in excess of this threshold. Further, a national bank may not pay a dividend in excess of its undivided profits. In addition, under federal law, the Bank may not pay any dividend to us if it is undercapitalized or the payment of the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. The Bank is also restricted from paying dividends if it fails to maintain capital above the Basel III capital conservation buffer. The OCC may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring the Bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Moreover, if, in the opinion of the OCC, the Bank is engaged in an unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends even within the legal requirements noted above), the OCC may require the Bank to cease such practice. The OCC has indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe banking practice.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Loans to Insiders
Federal law strictly limits the ability of banks to engage in transactions with their affiliates, including their parent bank holding companies. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and Federal Reserve Regulation W, impose quantitative limits, qualitative standards, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by a bank with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates, and generally require those transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the bank as transactions with non-affiliates and to be consistent with safe and sound practices. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly expanded the coverage and scope of the limitations on affiliate transactions within a banking organization, including an expansion of the types of transactions that are covered transactions to include credit exposures related to derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be satisfied.
Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital.
Incentive Compensation Guidance
The federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies. This guidance is designed to ensure that a financial institution’s incentive compensation structure does not encourage imprudent risk taking, which may undermine the safety and soundness of the institution. The guidance, which applies to all employees that have the ability to materially affect an institution’s risk profile, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon three primary principles: (1) balanced risk-taking incentives; (2) compatibility with effective controls and risk management; and (3) strong corporate governance.
An institution’s supervisory ratings will incorporate any identified deficiencies in an institution’s compensation practices, and it may be subject to an enforcement action if the incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the institution. Further, regulations may limit discretionary bonus payments to bank executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds.
Deposit Insurance Assessments
FDIC insured banks are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of the assessment is based on the size of the bank’s assessment base, which is equal to its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity, and its risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. Institutions assigned to higher risk classifications (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on certain financial data and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. In addition, the FDIC can impose special assessments in certain instances. Action by the FDIC to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund when needed could result in higher assessment rates, which could reduce our profitability or otherwise negatively impact our operations. The FDIC issued a final rule in October 2022 increasing deposit insurance assessments beginning in the first quarterly assessment period of 2023. On November 16, 2023, the FDIC Board of Directors approved a final rule to implement a special assessment on banks with over $5 billion in total assets to recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the FDIC to take this action in connection with the systemic risk determination announced on March 12, 2023. While we are not subject to this special assessment, we may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums in the future if there are additional bank or financial institution failures or if the FDIC otherwise determines to increase assessment rates.
Branching and Interstate Banking
Under federal law, the Bank is permitted to establish additional branch offices within Louisiana, subject to the approval of the OCC. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bank may also establish additional branch offices outside of Louisiana, subject to prior regulatory approval, so long as the laws of the state where the branch is to be located would permit a state bank chartered in that state to establish a branch. The Bank may also establish offices in other states by merging with banks or by purchasing branches of other banks in other states, subject to certain restrictions.
Community Reinvestment Act
The Bank is required under the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, and related OCC regulations to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate-income borrowers. In connection with its examination of the Bank, the OCC assesses our record of compliance with the CRA. The Bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications, such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its or the Company’s activities. The Bank received an “Outstanding” CRA rating on its most recent CRA Performance Evaluation. The CRA requires all FDIC-insured institutions to publicly disclose their rating.
On October 24, 2023, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule to modernize the CRA regulations. Under the final rule, (1) the federal banking agencies will evaluate bank performance across the varied activities they conduct and communities in which they operate in order to encourage banks to expand access to credit, investment, and banking services in low- and moderate-income communities, (2) the CRA regulations are updated to evaluate lending outside traditional assessment areas generated by the growth of non-branch delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking, branchless banking, and hybrid models, (3) a new metrics-based approach was adopted to evaluate bank retail lending and community development financing, using benchmarks based on peer and demographic data and (4) CRA evaluations and data collection are tailored according to bank size and type. In addition, the final rule exempts small and intermediate banks from new data requirements that apply to banks with assets of at least $2 billion and limits certain new data requirements to large banks with assets greater than $10 billion. Most of the new rule’s requirements were originally scheduled to become applicable on January 1, 2026, with the remaining requirements, including the data reporting requirements, becoming applicable on January 1, 2027. However, a federal court issued an injunction in March 2024 that indefinitely extended the compliance date until the injunction is lifted. Further, in July 2025, the federal banking agencies issued a notice or proposed rulemaking to rescind the October 2023 final rulemaking and replace it with the prior CRA regulation.
Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Regulations
The federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and nonfarm nonresidential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner-occupied loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address, among other things, board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending. At December 31, 2025, the Company did not have a concentration in commercial real estate as defined by the regulatory guidance.
Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity Requirements
Federal law and regulations limit a financial institution’s ability to share consumer financial information with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, these provisions require all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. The sharing of information for marketing purposes is also subject to limitations. The Bank currently has a privacy protection policy in place.
Federal law and regulations also establish certain information security guidelines that require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. These federal guidelines require a financial institution to (i) identify reasonably foreseeable internal and external threats that could result in unauthorized disclosure, misuse, alteration, or destruction of customer information or customer information systems; (ii) assess the likelihood and potential damage of these threats, taking into consideration the sensitivity of customer information; and (iii) assess the sufficiency of policies, procedures, customer information systems, and other arrangements in place to control risks. Under the federal guidelines, financial institutions have to provide notice to affected customers of a data breach under certain circumstances.
The federal guidelines also impose requirements on financial institutions with respect to overseeing their service providers, including (i) exercising appropriate due diligence in selecting its service providers; (ii) requiring its service providers by contract to implement appropriate measures designed to meet the objectives of the federal guidelines; and (iii) where indicated by its risk assessment, monitor its service providers to confirm that they have satisfied their obligations as required by the guidelines. The federal banking regulations also require a bank to notify its primary federal regulator within 36 hours of the occurrence of a computer-security incident that rises to the level of a “notification incident.” A “notification incident” is defined as a computer-security incident that has materially disrupted or degraded, or is reasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade, a banking organization’s (1) ability to carry out banking operations, activities, or processes, or deliver banking products and services to a material portion of its customer base, in the ordinary course of business; (2) business line(s), including associated operations, services, functions, and support, that upon failure would result in a material loss of revenue, profit, or franchise value; or (3) operations, including associated services, functions and support, as applicable, the failure or discontinuance of which would pose a threat to the financial stability of the U.S. A “computer-security incident” is defined as an occurrence that results in actual harm to the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of an information system or the information that the system processes, stores, or transmits.
Consumer Laws and Regulations
The Bank is subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with the Bank, including, among others, laws regarding unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices, usury laws, and other federal consumer protection statutes. These federal laws include the ECOA, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008, the Truth in Lending Act and the Truth in Savings Act, among others. Many states have consumer protection laws analogous, and in addition, to those enacted under federal law. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans and conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.
The ECOA and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. A failure to comply with the ECOA or the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by a bank’s principal federal regulatory agency, as well as by other federal regulatory agencies or the Department of Justice.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB that has broad authority to regulate and supervise retail financial services activities of banks and various non-bank providers. The CFPB has authority to promulgate regulations, issue orders, guidance and policy statements, conduct examinations and bring enforcement actions with regard to consumer financial products and services. In general, however, banks with assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for consumer compliance by their primary federal bank regulator.
Mortgage Lending Rules
The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a full or partial safe harbor from such defenses for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” The CFPB’s rules, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. The rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third-party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check cashing or funds transfer service receipts. The rules also define “qualified mortgages,” imposing both underwriting standards and limits on the terms of their loans. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made in the course of closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest-only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be qualified mortgages.
Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC
Under federal law (including the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act), financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include: established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions.
The Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. Generally, if the Bank identifies a transaction, account or wire transfer relating to a person or entity on an OFAC list, it must freeze the account or block the transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.
Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing and comply with OFAC sanctions, or to comply with relevant laws and regulations, could have serious legal, reputational and financial consequences for the institution.
Safety and Soundness Standards
Federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines that establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation, fees and benefits. Additionally, the agencies have adopted regulations that provide the authority to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of these safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.
Bank holding companies are also not permitted to engage in unsound banking practices. For example, the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities, if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law or regulation. As another example, a holding company could not impair its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing it to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve believed it not prudent to do so. The Federal Reserve has broad authority to prohibit activities of bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries that represent unsafe and unsound banking practices or that constitute violations of laws or regulations.
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies
The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by U.S. fiscal policy and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve include changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, the fluctuating availability of borrowings at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign branches, and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates. These policies influence to a significant extent the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and the interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. For example, during 2022 and in 2023 the Federal Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve increased the target rate range for trading in the federal funds market (known as the federal funds target rate or the federal funds rate) multiple times, increasing market interest rates. From September 2024 to December 2024, the Federal Reserve decreased the federal funds rate three times, and from September 2025 to December 2025, it was decreased an additional three times. The federal funds rate is the rate at which commercial banks borrow and lend their excess reserves to each other overnight. We cannot predict the nature of future fiscal and monetary policies and the effect of these policies on our future business and earnings.
Future Legislation and Regulatory Reform
New laws, regulations and policies are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating in the U.S. In addition, existing laws, regulations and policies are continually subject to modification or changes in interpretation. We cannot predict whether or in what form any law, regulation or policy will be adopted or modified or the extent to which our operations and activities, financial condition, results of operations, strategic plans or future prospects may be affected by its adoption or modification.
The cumulative effect of these laws and regulations, and frequent changes to them, add significantly to the cost of our operations and thus has a negative impact on profitability. There has also been a tremendous expansion in recent years of financial service providers that are not subject to the same level of regulation, examination and oversight as we are. Those providers, because they are not so highly regulated, may have a competitive advantage over us and may continue to draw large amounts of funds away from traditional banking institutions, with a continuing adverse effect on the banking industry in general.
Human Capital Resources
Our business is built on relationships with our customers, our community, and most of all, our employees. We are committed to providing quality service and products to the consumers and businesses within the markets we serve. We strive to create superior shareholder value by attracting and retaining exceptional employees who are highly motivated and well trained.
Our compensation strategy provides a total rewards structure that reflects position responsibilities, is competitive with the external market, and is capable of attracting, retaining, and motivating our employees. We provide a comprehensive benefits package for eligible employees that includes group health (medical, dental, and vision) insurance including a health savings account option, paid time off, short- and long-term disability insurance, life insurance and a 401(k) plan in which we provide a matching contribution. We also offer eligible employees participation in our ESOP as well as our LTIP in order to better align employee and shareholder interests.
We provide employees with robust training programs that promote employee development and effectiveness by providing high-quality curriculums designed to meet individual, departmental and Bank-wide objectives. This includes mentorships, 1-on-1 job shadowing, classroom training, internships, and computer-based training.
We believe employing a diverse and inclusive workforce strengthens our ability to serve our customers and our communities, which is a key component of our success. To that end, we are a proud equal opportunity employer committed to attracting, retaining and promoting employees regardless of sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, race, color, national origin, age, religion and physical ability. We do not tolerate illegal discrimination or harassment and encourage employees to immediately report any violations to management and human resources.
As of December 31, 2025, we had 319 full-time and eight part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.
Available Information
Our filings with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments thereto, are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies can be obtained free of charge in the “Investors” section of our website at www.investarbank.com. Our SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s website www.sec.gov. Copies of these filings are also available by writing to us at the following address:
Investar Holding Corporation
P.O. Box 84207
Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70884-4207
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business is subject to risk. In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and our financial statements and the notes thereto, investors should consider the following risks when evaluating whether to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, whether alone or in combination, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and long-term growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks that we do not presently know of or currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and long-term growth prospects.
Risks Related to our Business
As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected by prevailing economic conditions and geopolitical matters.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of borrowers to pay interest on and repay principal of outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the primary markets where we operate and in the U.S. as a whole. This business environment has been significantly impacted in recent periods by changing inflation and monetary policy. For example, high inflation in 2021 through 2023 resulted in the Federal Reserve raising target interest rates, on a cumulative basis, by 525 basis points between March 2022 and July 2023, causing increases in the costs of credit, capital and deposits, limitations on the availability of credit and capital, and decreasing the market value of our investment securities portfolio. In response to generally declining inflation during 2023 and 2024, the Federal Reserve decreased target interest rates from September to December 2024, on a cumulative basis, by 100 basis points. The Federal Reserve issued another series of rate cuts from September to December 2025, decreasing target interest rates by 75 basis points on a cumulative basis. New appointments to the Federal Reserve’s Board of Governors or increased political pressures on the Federal Reserve could result in changes to monetary policy and interest rates. Our business may also be adversely affected by declines in economic growth, business activity, investor or business confidence; declines in real estate values; unemployment; rising domestic political tensions; risks of government shutdowns; natural disasters; the emergence or worsening of widespread public health challenges or pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic; or a combination of these or other economic, political and business factors.
In addition, new or rising geopolitical tensions including those resulting from the wars and violence in Ukraine and Israel and surrounding areas, along with other instances of violence, acts of terrorism and political unrest, can result in disruptions in or volatility in the economy and in financial and commodity markets in the U.S. and globally, disruptions in international trade patterns, and slow growth or declines in economic sectors of the global and U.S. economies. Changes in U.S. trade policies may also adversely impact our business and operations. For example, changes in tariffs imposed or threatened to be imposed by the current administration may cause inflation and other economic volatility, which can adversely affect our business as discussed elsewhere in this report.
Economic uncertainty and negative events in the economy or in domestic political or geopolitical matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, including our liquidity position. Among other things, they may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, a decline in the value of collateral securing our loans, instability in our deposit base, increases in our costs of capital and deposits, disruptions in our ability to complete acquisitions, and a decline in demand for our products and services. They may cause us to incur losses, including losses on loans beyond those provided for in our ACL, and losses in our investment securities portfolio, impairments of assets including goodwill, and may adversely impact our regulatory capital.
Changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our profitability.
The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and, as a result, we are subject to significant risk from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities. We cannot predict with certainty changes in interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, competition for loans and deposits, domestic and international events, changes in the U.S. and other financial markets, and the policies of the Federal Reserve. Inflation increased rapidly during 2021 through June 2022. After June 2022, the rate of inflation generally declined; however, it began increasing in the later part of 2024 and has remained higher than the Federal Reserve’s target rate of inflation of two percent. The inflationary outlook in the U.S. remains uncertain. The Federal Reserve raised the federal funds target rate multiple times from March 2022 through July 2023, by 525 basis points on a cumulative basis. Between September 2024 and December 2024, the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds target rate by 100 basis points on a cumulative basis. The Federal Reserve conducted another series of rate cuts between September 2025 through December 2025, lowering the federal funds target rate by 75 basis points on a cumulative basis.
Our earnings depend significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect to periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates move contrary to our position, this “gap” may work against us, and our earnings may be adversely affected. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income.
Additionally, an increase in the general level of interest rates may also, among other things, adversely affect our current borrowers’ abilities to repay variable rate loans, the demand for and our ability to originate loans, negatively affect the value of our investment securities portfolio, and decrease loan prepayment rates, or could increase the cost of the Company’s deposits and borrowings.
High interest rates in 2023 and 2024 caused interest expense on deposits to increase significantly in 2023 and 2024, putting pressure on our net interest margin. Our cost of interest-bearing deposits rose to 3.38% in 2024 from 2.49% in 2023. While the cost of deposits has decreased slightly to 3.04% in 2025, it still remains elevated.
We may experience additional pressure on our net interest margin during 2026 if our yield on our interest-earning assets decreases faster than the cost of funds. Additionally, due in large part to higher interest rates and market volatility during 2024 and 2025, gross unrealized losses in our AFS investment securities portfolio totaled $46.4 million at December 31, 2025 and $61.7 million at December 31, 2024. These losses may continue or worsen during 2026, and we may experience realized losses in our portfolio.
A high general level of interest rates or any increases in such rates could result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge-offs, and also necessitate further increases to the ACL. At the same time, the marketability and value of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from sustained higher or increased interest rates. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income, but we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates may lead to, among other things, prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates, lower rates on new loans, lower rates on existing variable rate loans, and lower yields on investment securities, which could result in decreased yields on earning assets.
Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in the general level of market interest rates, we may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of those changes or how and to what extent they may affect our business. We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences of such changes. Significant fluctuations in interest rates, as occurred from 2022 through 2025, makes our business and our balance sheet more challenging to manage. Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels. For additional information, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management – Interest Rate Risk.
A lack of liquidity, including due to events outside our control or ineffective liquidity management, could adversely affect our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become due.
Liquidity is essential to our business. Liquidity risk is the potential that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. The primary source of the Bank’s funds are customer deposits, loan repayments and investment securities maturities or sales, while borrowings are a secondary source of liquidity. We also use brokered deposits from time to time. Brokered deposits tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than other types of deposits and therefore can be a more expensive and uncertain source of funds. The Bank’s liquidity could be adversely impacted if rates offered by the Bank were less than those offered by other institutions seeking brokered deposits, or if such depositors were to perceive a decline in the Bank’s safety or soundness. Additionally, we must maintain our well-capitalized status in order to accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval. Our access to deposits and other funding sources in adequate amounts and on acceptable terms is affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, returns available to customers on alternative investments, customer confidence in the safety of uninsured deposits and general economic conditions. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and long-term growth prospects.
Advances in technology that increase the speed at which information, concerns and rumors can spread through traditional and new media can increase the speed at which deposits can be moved from bank to bank or outside the banking system, heightening liquidity concerns of traditional banks. Regulators and the largest U.S. banks have taken steps designed to increase liquidity at regional banks and strengthen depositor confidence in the broader banking industry, including measures to protect uninsured deposits from loss; however, there are no guarantees that such steps would be implemented in the future if a disruption in the industry were to occur. For more information on the Company’s deposits and liquidity position, see Part I. Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the headings “Certain Events That Affect Year-over-Year Comparability,” “Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition – Deposits” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Concerns about liquidity in the banking industry and the safety of uninsured deposits that may result in the future may materially adversely impact our liquidity, cost of funds, loan funding capacity, net interest margin, capital and results of operations.
Inflation and rising prices may continue to adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As noted above, inflation increased rapidly during 2021 and continued rising through June 2022. After June 2022, the rate of inflation generally declined; however, it began increasing in the later part of 2024 through January 2025. The rate of inflation subsequently declined through April 2025, followed by a cumulative increase through year-end 2025. It has remained at elevated levels compared to the Federal Reserve’s target rate of inflation of two percent. Inflation increases our borrowers’ costs of living and costs of doing business, which may make it more difficult for them to repay their loans, increasing our credit risk. Inflation also increases many of our operating costs, including the costs of goods and services we purchase and the costs of salaries and benefits. We believe that higher rates resulting from inflation and related factors led to constrained loan demand in 2023 and 2024, and to a lesser extent in 2025. When the rate of inflation accelerates, there is an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power. Accordingly, if the rate of inflation accelerates in the future, this could impact our business by reducing our tolerance for extending credit, and our customer’s desire to obtain credit, or causing us to incur additional provisions for credit losses resulting from a possible increased default rate. Inflation and related higher rates have led and may continue to lead to lower loan re-financings. In addition, inflation led to the Federal Reserve raising interest rates during 2022 and 2023, as discussed above.
Our allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio, and we may be required to further increase our provision for credit losses. If our actual credit losses exceed our allowance for credit losses, our net income will decrease.
Our business depends on our ability to successfully measure and manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that the principal of and interest on a loan will not be paid timely or at all, and that the value of any collateral supporting a loan will be insufficient to cover any exposure to loss on a loan. Management maintains an ACL, which is a reserve established through a provision for credit losses charged to expense, to absorb credit losses in the loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance is inherently subjective, involves a high degree of judgment and complexity, and requires us to make significant estimates, all of which are subject to material changes.
Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans generally are viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or other loans or investments. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and other consumer loans. Because our loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of a material amount of these loans may cause a significant increase in our ACL, non-performing assets, and/or past due loans. An increase in our ACL, non-performing assets, and/or past due loans could result in a loss of earnings, or an increase in loan charge-offs, which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Inaccurate management assumptions, including with respect to economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our ACL. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the ACL and may require an increase in the provision for credit losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Finally, if actual charge-offs in future periods exceed the ACL, we will need additional provisions to increase the ACL. Any increases in the ACL will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If our actual credit losses exceed our ACL, our net income will decrease.
Our business strategy includes both organic growth and the continuation of our multi-state growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.
Our strategy focused on consistent, quality earnings through the optimization of our balance sheet may not be successful in increasing our profitability. Over the long-term, we intend to pursue a multi-state growth strategy for our business primarily through attractive acquisition opportunities as well as continue to pursue organic growth throughout our franchise. We have grown our business through de novo branching and through the acquisition of other financial institutions and branch locations, and we have expanded our operations outside our historical south Louisiana base and into Texas and Alabama. Our long-term growth prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies when expanding their franchise, including the following:
| • |
De Novo Branching; Branch Acquisitions. There are considerable costs involved in opening or acquiring branches, and de novo branches generally do not generate sufficient revenues to offset their costs until they have been in operation for at least a year or more. We have not opened a de novo branch since 2020. In the third quarter of 2023, we converted an existing loan and deposit production office in Tuscaloosa, Alabama to a cashless branch designed to provide a digital banking experience; and in the fourth quarter of 2024, we converted an existing loan and deposit production office in our Texas market to a full-service branch location. We do not expect to open de novo branches in 2026. |
| • |
Expansion into New Markets. We operated exclusively in Louisiana until we acquired financial institutions in Texas and Alabama in 2019. The financial services industry in these areas is highly competitive, and the challenges of continuing to operate in new markets and multiple states may be greater than we anticipate. During 2023, we completed the sale of certain assets, deposits and other liabilities associated with two branches that we previously acquired in Texas, in order to focus more on our core markets. Of our Bank’s branch network, these two locations were geographically the most distant from our Louisiana headquarters. During 2024, we began to reinvest within our Texas markets, including through the conversion of an existing loan and deposit production office to a full-service branch location in the southeast Texas market and strategic hires, and our merger with WFB. |
| • |
Acquisition and Integration Risks. We have completed eight whole-bank acquisitions since 2011 and regularly review acquisition opportunities. An acquisition strategy involves substantial risks and uncertainties including: |
| ◦ |
the time and costs of evaluating potential acquisition candidates and new markets, negotiating transactions, and related diversion of management’s attention from day-to-day operations; |
| ◦ |
our ability to continue to finance acquisitions and possible dilution to our existing shareholders; |
| ◦ |
potential for acquisition agreements, once signed, not to be completed due to inability to obtain required regulatory approvals, third-party litigation, lack of shareholder approval if required, failure of other conditions to closing, agreement of the parties, or other reasons; |
| ◦ |
unanticipated difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, including potential losses of customers and employees, higher than expected integration costs, and inability to maintain and increase market share at new locations; and |
| ◦ |
potential differences between management’s expectations regarding how an acquired business will perform and actual results once acquired, which may result in lower than expected revenues, inability to achieve expected cost savings and synergies, higher than expected liabilities and costs, impairments of goodwill, and losses. |
| • |
Organic Growth Risks. As we continue to pursue organic growth at our existing and new or acquired locations, we may be unable to successfully maintain loan quality, obtain deposits at attractive rates, attract and retain personnel to implement and oversee such growth, or maintain an efficient overhead cost structure. We may also introduce new products and services that do not produce projected profits and may result in losses. |
Failure to successfully address these issues relating to our long-term growth strategy could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Also, if our long-term growth occurs more slowly than anticipated or declines, our operating results could be materially adversely affected.
The merger with WFB and the integration of the businesses may be more difficult, costly or time-consuming than expected, and we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the merger.
For example, we recently completed the acquisition of WFB and First National Bank. The success of the proposed merger will depend in part on our ability to realize anticipated benefits of the proposed merger and on our ability to successfully integrate the businesses. The anticipated benefits of the proposed merger may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. For example, WFB’s operations are located in north Texas, which are new markets for us. We may experience unanticipated difficulties in integrating WFB’s business, including potential losses of customers and employees, higher than expected integration costs, and inability to maintain and increase market share at new locations in new markets. In addition, we may fail to realize anticipated benefits of the proposed merger, including but not limited to lower than expected revenues and profits, inability to achieve expected cost savings and synergies, or higher than expected liabilities and costs. Integrating the merger may cause disruptions to our ongoing business and the business of WFB, including difficulties in maintaining relationships with customers, employees or vendors and the diversion of management time on merger-related issues, which could adversely affect our and WFB’s businesses, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve the expected benefits of the proposed merger with WFB.
Changes in retail distribution strategies and consumer behavior may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have significant investments in our physical branch network, including in bank premises and equipment as well as in our branch workforce. Advances in technology as well as changing customer preferences for remote methods of accessing our products and services could decrease the value of our branch network and may cause us to further change our retail distribution strategy, and close, consolidate or sell certain branches or parcels of land held for future branch locations. These actions could lead to losses on these assets or adversely impact the carrying value of long-lived assets and may lead to expenditures to reconfigure remaining branches. Any changes in our branch network strategy could adversely impact our business if it results in the loss of customers.
In recent periods, we have focused on enhancing our online banking platform and plan to continue to introduce new technologies, with the goal of delivering products and services more efficiently with fewer branches and people. We closed two branches during our last three fiscal years. One of the branches had been acquired, and the closures involved anticipated synergies that resulted in significant cost savings. In 2023, we completed the sale of certain assets, deposits and other liabilities associated with two of our Texas branches in order to focus more on our core markets. We also ceased operation of 14 ATMs in 2023. In January 2024 we closed a branch in our Alabama market. We could incur material losses in the future due to the closure or consolidation of branches or sale of land held for future branch locations.
Our business is concentrated in southern Louisiana, Texas, and Alabama, and an economic downturn affecting these areas may magnify the adverse effects and consequences to us.
We currently conduct our operations primarily in southern Louisiana, and more specifically, in the Baton Rouge, New Orleans, Lafayette and Lake Charles metropolitan areas, in the greater Houston, Texas area, and in Alabama. As of December 31, 2025, our primary markets were south Louisiana (approximately 77% of our total deposits of $2.4 billion), Texas (approximately 6% of our total deposits) and Alabama (approximately 17% of our total deposits). At December 31, 2025, approximately 64%, 13%, and 4% of the secured loans in our total loan portfolio were secured by properties and other collateral located in Louisiana, Texas and Alabama, respectively.
This geographic concentration imposes a greater risk to us than to our competitors in the area who maintain significant operations outside of our selected markets. Accordingly, any regional or local economic downturn, or natural or man-made disaster, that affects southern Louisiana, Texas, Alabama, or existing or prospective property or borrowers in such areas may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our more geographically diversified competitors.
Much of our business development and marketing strategy is directed toward fulfilling the banking and financial services needs of small to medium-sized businesses. Such businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If economic conditions negatively impact our selected markets and these businesses are adversely affected, our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.
Adverse economic factors affecting particular industries could have a negative effect on our customers and their ability to make payments to us.
Certain industry-specific economic factors may also adversely affect us. For example, the energy sector, which is historically cyclical, has experienced significant volatility in oil and gas prices. While we consider our direct exposure to the energy sector not to be significant, comprising approximately 4.7% of total loans at December 31, 2025, continued oil price volatility could have further negative impacts on general economic conditions, particularly in our south Louisiana and Texas markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We have a significant number of loans secured by real estate, and a downturn in the real estate market could result in losses and negatively impact our profitability.
At December 31, 2025, approximately 72% of our total loan portfolio had real estate as a primary or secondary component of the collateral securing the loan. The real estate provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of a default by the borrower, but its value may deteriorate during the time the credit is extended. Declines in real estate values in our markets could significantly impair the value of the particular collateral securing our loans and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure for an amount necessary to satisfy the borrower’s obligations to us. Furthermore, in a declining real estate market, we often will need to further increase our ACL to address the deterioration in the value of the real estate securing our loans. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Commercial real estate loans may expose us to greater risks than our other real estate loans.
Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate loans, which are secured by owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied commercial properties. As of December 31, 2025, our owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $460.1 million, or 21.1% of our total loan portfolio and our nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $452.1 million, or 20.8% of our total loan portfolio.
Commercial real estate loans typically depend on the successful operation and management of the businesses that occupy these properties or the financial stability of tenants occupying the properties. Nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans typically are dependent, in large part, on the owner’s ability to rent the property and the ability of the tenants to pay rent, whereas owner-occupied commercial real estate loans typically are dependent, in large part, on the success of the owner’s business. Cash flows, which may include proceeds from sales of commercial real estate, may be affected significantly by general economic conditions. Weak economic conditions may impair the borrower’s business operations and typically slow the execution of new leases. Such economic conditions may also lead to existing lease turnover. As a result of these factors, vacancy rates for retail, office and industrial space may increase. High vacancy rates could also result in rents falling. The combination of these factors could result in deterioration in the fundamentals underlying the commercial real estate market and the deterioration in value of some of our loans. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as residential real estate. If we foreclose on these loans, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for a 1-4 family residential property because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Additionally, nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. Accordingly, charge-offs on nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loan portfolio would require us to increase our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Commercial and industrial loans may expose us to greater risk than other loans.
Commercial and industrial loans primarily consist of working capital lines of credit and equipment loans, typically secured by accounts receivable or inventory, or the relevant equipment. Repayment of these loans generally comes from the generation of cash flow as the result of the borrower’s business operations. Commercial lending generally involves different risks from those associated with commercial real estate lending or construction lending. Although commercial loans may be collateralized by business assets (including real estate, if available as collateral), the repayment of these types of loans depends primarily on the creditworthiness and projected cash flow of the borrower (and any guarantors). Thus, the general business conditions of the local economy and the borrower’s ability to sell its products and services, thereby generating sufficient operating revenue to repay us under the agreed upon terms and conditions, are the chief considerations when assessing the risk of a commercial and industrial loan. The liquidation of collateral, if any, is considered a secondary source of repayment because equipment and other business assets may, among other things, deteriorate, become obsolete or be of limited resale value. Additionally, as of December 31, 2025, 62% of our commercial and industrial loans were variable rate loans; rising interest rates increase interest payments due on such loans and may increase the risk of default by the borrower, whereas declining interest rates will decrease the interest we earn on the loans.
We have been increasing the proportion of commercial and industrial loans in our loan portfolio. Our commercial and industrial loans represented 24.6%, 24.8% and 27.4% of total loans as of December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. Loans to consumer finance lending companies accounted for approximately 8% of our total loans at December 31, 2025. The repayment of consumer finance loans depends primarily on the creditworthiness and projected cash flow of the borrower (and any guarantors). Thus, the primary risks associated with these types of loans are the general business conditions of the local economy, and the ability to generate sufficient operating revenue to repay us under the agreed upon terms and conditions.
Commercial and industrial loans include public finance loans made to governmental entities, which can be taxable or tax-exempt, for purposes including debt refinancing, economic development, quality of life projects, short-term cash-flow needs, and infrastructure enhancements, among other things. Public finance loans generally are repaid using pledged revenue sources including income tax, property tax, sales tax, and utility revenue, among other sources. Accordingly, repayment depends upon the financial stability and tax or revenue generating capacity of the particular revenue source. Public finance loans comprise less than 5% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025.
Changes in deposit mix have increased our funding costs, which could continue, and loss of deposits could also increase our funding costs.
Deposits have historically been a low cost and stable source of funding. We compete with banks and other financial institutions for deposits. Funding costs could increase if the Company loses deposits and replaces them with more expensive sources of funding, if customers shift their deposits into higher cost products, or if the Company needs to raise its interest rates to avoid losing deposits. Higher funding costs reduce the Company’s net interest margin, net interest income and net income. As interest rates began to rise significantly during 2022, competition for deposits increased, and the Bank raised rates it offered on deposits to remain competitive in its markets. During 2023, interest rates continued to rise, and they remained high in 2024 and 2025. Customers continued to shift into interest-bearing deposit products, and we continued to utilize brokered time deposits. These factors contributed to an increase in our total cost of deposits by 89 basis points from 2023 to 2024. Our cost of deposits decreased by 34 basis points to 3.04% in 2025, but remained elevated. Disruptions in the banking industry during the first half of 2023 discussed elsewhere in this report highlighted the speed at which deposits can be moved from bank to bank or outside the banking system, heightening liquidity concerns of traditional banks. Any further increases in interest rates, sustained high interest rates or any new events producing concerns among customers about the safety of uninsured deposits could further increase our cost of deposits or cause us to lose deposits, which would increase our costs of funds and reduce net income.
Loss of our senior executive officers or other key employees and our inability to recruit or retain suitable replacements could adversely affect our business, results of operations and ability to successfully execute our business strategy.
Our success depends significantly on the continued service and skills of our executive management team. The implementation of our business strategies also depends significantly on our ability to retain employees with experience and business relationships within their respective market areas, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management. Competition for employees is intense. Competition for talent is intense. We could have difficulty replacing key employees with personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategies and who have ties to the communities within our market areas. The loss of any of our key personnel could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to successfully execute our business strategy.
Hurricanes or other adverse weather conditions, as well as man-made disasters, could negatively affect our local markets or disrupt our operations, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
Our business is concentrated in southern Louisiana, in Texas, and in Alabama. Our selected markets are susceptible to major hurricanes, floods, tropical storms, tornadoes and other natural disasters and adverse weather, the nature and severity of which can be difficult to predict. These natural disasters can disrupt our operations, cause widespread property damage, and severely depress the local economies in which we operate. For example, the historic flooding of Baton Rouge and surrounding areas in August 2016 had significant impacts in several markets in which we conduct business. Hurricane Harvey caused significant damage and flooding in Texas when it made landfall in August 2017. Hurricane Ida, which made landfall as a category 4 hurricane in Louisiana in August 2021, caused significant damage in the southern part of the state and also disrupted operations for certain of our customers. We recognized a material impairment related to a lending relationship with a group of related borrowers (the “Borrower”), collateralized by commercial real estate, inventory, and equipment. As a result of Hurricane Ida, the Borrower’s business operations were disrupted, and due to this impact on the Borrower’s operations, certain of the collateral supporting the loan relationship experienced a significant reduction in value. Hurricane Francine made landfall in Louisiana in September 2024 as a Category 2 hurricane. The severity and impact of future severe weather events are difficult to predict and may be exacerbated by global climate change. The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico illustrated that man-made disasters can also adversely affect economic activity in the markets in which we operate. Any economic decline as a result of a natural disaster, adverse weather, oil spill or other man-made disaster can reduce the demand for loans and our other products and services.
Such events could also affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans (resulting in increased delinquencies, foreclosures and loan losses), impair the value of collateral securing such loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. The occurrence of any such event could, therefore, result in decreased revenue and loan losses that have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to successfully execute our business strategy.
Our failure to effectively implement new technologies including artificial intelligence could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
Our industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, including those using AI. Our ability to compete successfully to some extent depends on whether we can implement new technologies to provide products and services to our customers more efficiently while avoiding significant operational challenges that increase our costs or delay full implementation, especially relative to our peers, many of which have greater resources to devote to technological improvements. The development and use of new technologies present a number of risks and challenges to our business. For example, we must have or develop in-house capabilities to implement, manage and use the new technologies, or outsource the implementation, management and use of the new technologies to third parties, and develop appropriate internal controls and third-party oversight. In particular, the business, legal and regulatory environment relating to AI is uncertain and rapidly evolving, and could require changes in our approach to AI technology and increase our compliance costs and the risk of non-compliance. The use of AI may also increase our exposure to cyberattacks or other security risks, as discussed further below.
We rely on information technology and telecommunications systems, many of which are provided by third-party vendors.
The successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems is critical to our business. We outsource many of our major systems, such as data processing and deposit processing. If one of these third-party service providers terminates their relationship with us or fails to provide services to us for any reason or provides such services poorly, our business may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we may be forced to replace such vendors, which could interrupt our operations and result in a higher cost to us.
Cyberattacks or other security breaches could adversely affect our operations, net income or reputation.
The financial services industry is particularly at risk for cybersecurity concerns because of the proliferation of new and emerging technologies, including AI, and the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions. Additionally, increased use of internet and mobile banking products, and applications and plans to use or develop additional remote connectivity solutions increase our cybersecurity risks and exposure. In recent years we have increased our offerings of online and mobile banking services, including online bill payment, online funds transfers, mobile deposits, mobile wallets, video banking and Zelle®. These risks are heightened when customers use near real-time money transfer solutions such as Zelle®, where fraudulent and scam transactions can be more difficult to detect, prevent and recover. Additionally, as part of our banking business, we and certain of our third-party vendors collect, use and hold sensitive data concerning individuals and businesses with whom we have a banking relationship. The holding of such sensitive data by our third-party vendors may enhance the risk of unauthorized access, as the security measures of the third-party vendors’ systems are outside of our direct control. There have been multiple data security incidents in recent years in which a bank’s customer data was accessed by a cybercriminal due to a breach of a vendor’s systems. Threats to data security, including unauthorized access and cyberattacks, rapidly emerge and change and are becoming increasingly sophisticated, exposing us and our third-party vendors to additional costs to secure our data in accordance with customer expectations and statutory and regulatory requirements. We could also experience a breach by intentional or negligent conduct on the part of our employees or other internal sources or by merchants using our customers’ debit and credit cards, software bugs, other technical malfunctions, or other causes. As a result of any of these threats, our computer systems and/or our customer accounts could become vulnerable to misappropriation of confidential information, account takeover schemes, ransomware, or cyberfraud. A ransomware attack could potentially shut down our data processing system and prevent us from accessing critical information. Our systems and those of our third-party vendors may become vulnerable to damage or disruption due to circumstances beyond our or their control, such as from catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, natural disasters, network failures, and viruses and malware. Events may occur that increase our and other companies’ vulnerability with respect to cybersecurity risks, such as a sudden and substantial increase in remote work by employees as occurred during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic or may occur during adverse weather events, and as a result of increased cyberattacks by foreign actors, including in connection with the wars and violence in Ukraine and Israel and surrounding areas.
A breach of security that results in unauthorized access to our data could result in violations of applicable privacy, information security, data protection, and other laws and expose us to disruptions in our daily operations as well as to data loss, litigation, damages, fines and penalties, regulatory sanctions, customer notification requirements, significant increases in compliance and insurance costs, increases in costs for measures to minimize and remediate these risks and breaches, loss of confidence in our security measures, and reputational damage, any of which could individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects, and shareholder value.
We have attempted to address these concerns by backing up our systems as well as retaining qualified third-party vendors to test and audit our network. However, there can be no guarantees that our efforts and those of our third-party vendors will be successful in avoiding material problems with our information technology and telecommunications systems. We may not be able to anticipate all cyber security breaches or implement effective preventative measures against such breaches.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future to execute our long-term business strategy or to comply with regulatory requirements.
In addition to the liquidity that we require to conduct our day-to-day operations, the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet regulatory requirements. Also, we may need capital to finance our long-term growth, including through acquisitions. For example, in 2019, we sold $25.0 million of subordinated notes structured to qualify as Tier 2 capital, and $30.0 million of common stock, in part to fund acquisitions. In 2025, we issued $32.5 million of our Series A Preferred Stock to support the acquisition of WFB and for general corporate purposes, including organic growth and other potential acquisitions. If the Bank’s regulators deemed its capital levels to be too low for safety and soundness reasons or if the Bank were to be designated as “undercapitalized” or in a lower capitalization category than “undercapitalized,” it could be required to raise additional capital. For additional information, see Item 1. Business – Regulatory Capital Requirements – Prompt Corrective Action Regulations.
Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, our business, financial condition, results of operations and long-term growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
Competition in our industry is intense, which could adversely affect our profitability and long-term growth.
We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and have substantially greater resources than we have, including higher total assets and capitalization, a more extensive and established branch network, greater access to capital markets and a broader offering of financial services. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and community banks within the various markets in which we operate. Because of their scale, many of these competitors can be more aggressive than we can on loan and deposit pricing. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and other financial intermediaries. Many of these entities have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures than we do. There has been an increasing trend of credit unions acquiring banks. Credit unions are tax-exempt entities, which provides an advantage when pricing loans and deposits. The acquisition of banks by credit unions may increase competition for customers and acquisitions.
Our industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative and regulatory changes, as well as continued consolidation. Finally, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems, including Venmo and PayPal, and such as bitcoin and other types of cryptocurrencies. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and related income from those deposits. Disintermediation can also impact our lending business because of the growth of fintech companies delivering lending and other financial services. We may also lose employees to these competitors. Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including customer convenience, quality of service, personal contacts, pricing and range of products. If we are unable to successfully compete, our business, financial condition, and results of operations will be materially adversely affected.
The value of the securities in our investment portfolio may decline in the future, and we may incur losses with respect to our investment securities.
Our investment securities portfolio may be impacted by market conditions beyond our control, including fluctuations in interest rates, rating agency downgrades of the securities, credit deterioration or default of issuers of the securities, and inactivity or instability in the credit markets. For example, changes in interest rates impact the value of our AFS investment securities portfolio, which we carry at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2025, gross unrealized losses in our AFS investment securities portfolio, primarily reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $46.4 million, compared to $61.7 million and $57.7 million at year-end 2024 and 2023, respectively. If investment securities in an unrealized loss position are sold, such losses would become realized, which would adversely affect our results of operations. We evaluate our investment securities on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently if economic and market conditions warrant, to determine whether any decline in fair value below amortized cost is the result of impairment related to credit deterioration. The process for determining impairment and any credit losses with respect to our investment securities often requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance. In addition, market volatility may make it difficult to value certain securities. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors prevailing at that time, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. Any of these factors could require us to recognize losses or impairments in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.
We face significant fraud, operational and other risks related to our activities, which could expose us to negative publicity, litigation and/or regulatory action.
We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including, particularly as a financial institution, fraud risks and human error. Our fraud risks include fraud committed by external parties against us or our customers, fraud committed internally by our associates and fraud committed by customers. Certain fraud risks, including identity theft and account takeover, may increase as a result of customers’ accounts or personally identifiable information being obtained through breaches of retailers’ or other third parties’ networks. Fraud attacks against us and other companies in the financial services industry, and against our customers when engaged in financial transactions, have increased in recent years and have become more sophisticated, including through the use of AI, and more difficult to detect. There has been a significant increase in check fraud in which checks are stolen in the mail and fraudulently deposited into the criminal’s account. We expect that detecting and preventing fraud, and remediating losses caused by fraud, will continue to require ongoing and potentially increased attention and investment. There are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies, as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated, monitored or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses, we may have to expend resources detecting and correcting the failure in our systems and we may be subject to potential claims from third parties and government agencies. We may also suffer severe reputational damage. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Because the nature of the financial services industry involves a high volume of transactions, certain systems or human errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. The Company’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process our transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or associate tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. The Company is further exposed to the risk that our third-party vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or systems or human errors as we are. These risks include the cybersecurity risks discussed above.
Climate related events and legislative and societal responses regarding climate change present risks to our business.
Climate change may intensify severe weather events such as hurricanes and rainstorms that recur in our market areas, which may adversely impact our locations and business and those of our customers and suppliers. In addition, businesses, consumers and investors have focused on transitioning to renewable energy and a net zero economy. If we fail to adequately anticipate and address these changing preferences, our business could be adversely impacted. We are also subject to risks relating to potential new climate change-related legislation or regulations, which could increase our and our customers’ costs, and while this appears unlikely to occur during the current Presidential administration, it could occur in the future. The risks associated with these matters are continuing to evolve rapidly and the ultimate impact on our business is difficult to predict with any certainty.
If the goodwill that we record in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets we acquired in connection with the purchase of another financial institution. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.
We determine impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in our results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2025, our goodwill totaled $40.1 million, and we expect to record additional goodwill in connection with our acquisition of WFB. While we have not recorded any such impairment charges since we initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance that our future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Industry
We operate in a highly regulated environment, which could restrain our growth and profitability.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state banking laws and regulations that govern almost all aspects of our operations, including, among other things, our lending practices, deposit-taking practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, operations and growth. The level of regulatory scrutiny that we are subject to may fluctuate over time, based on numerous factors, including as a result of changes in the political administrations. These laws and regulations, and the supervisory framework that oversees the administration of these laws and regulations, are primarily intended to protect consumers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole, and not shareholders and counterparties. Furthermore, new proposals for legislation continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress that could further substantially increase regulation of the financial services industry, and impose restrictions on our operations and our ability to conduct business consistent with historical practices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards typically result in increased expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention. The information under the heading “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business provides more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we and the Bank operate.
Federal regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.
The financial services industry is subject to intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels. The Federal Reserve and the OCC periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. If we become subject to any regulatory actions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. Failure to comply with any applicable regulations and supervisory expectations related thereto could result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, damage to our reputation or restrictions on business.
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
The ECOA, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice and other federal agencies enforce these laws and regulations, but private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. If an institution’s performance under the fair lending laws and regulations is found to be deficient, the institution could be subject to damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines, among other sanctions. In addition, the OCC’s assessment of our compliance with the CRA is taken into account when evaluating any application we submit for, among other things, approval of the acquisition or establishment of a branch or other deposit facility, an office relocation, a merger with or the acquisition of another financial institution. Our failure to satisfy our CRA obligations could, at a minimum, result in the denial of such applications and limit our growth.
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our growth plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
In addition, bank regulatory agencies consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities and other regulatory compliance matters when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions. Accordingly, non-compliance with the applicable regulations could materially impair the Company’s ability to enter into or complete mergers and acquisitions.
Our success depends on our ability to respond to the threats and opportunities of fintech innovation.
Fintech developments, such as stablecoins, bitcoin or other types of cryptocurrency and the development of alternative payment systems such as Venmo and PayPal, have the potential to disrupt the financial industry and change the way banks do business. Our success depends on our ability to adapt to the pace of the rapidly changing technological environment, which is crucial to retention and acquisition of customers. Under the current administration, the OCC has generally been more open and supportive of charter applications in the digital assets space. For example, in December 2025, the OCC approved five national trust bank charter applications for applicants that will primarily engage in fiduciary activities related to digital assets, and certain related custodial activities. Several of the charter recipients plan to issue stablecoins. Additional fintech-related charter applications are pending.
We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums in the future.
The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, subject it to the payment of FDIC deposit insurance assessments. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC deposit insurance. A bank’s regular assessments are determined by its risk classification, which is based on certain financial information and the level of supervisory concern that it poses. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore the reserve ratios of the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC has, in the past, increased deposit insurance assessment rates and charged a special assessment to all FDIC-insured financial institutions. In 2023, the FDIC completed a special assessment that generally only applied to banks with over $5 billion in total assets, but further increases in assessment rates or special assessments that apply to all banks may occur in the future, especially if there are significant financial institution failures. Any future special assessments, increases in assessment rates or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our use of third-party vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships are subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.
We regularly use third-party vendors as part of our business. We also have substantial ongoing business relationships with other third parties. These types of third-party relationships are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and attention by our federal bank regulators. Regulation requires us to perform due diligence and ongoing monitoring and control over our third-party vendors and other ongoing third-party business relationships. In certain cases, we may be required to renegotiate our agreements with these vendors to meet these requirements, which could increase our costs. We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of our third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third-party vendors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines as well as requirements for customer remediation, any of which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to an Investment in our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which may make it difficult for investors to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired.
The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation:
| • |
actual, anticipated, or unanticipated variations in our quarterly and annual operating results, financial condition or asset quality; |
| • |
changes in general economic or business conditions, both domestically and internationally; |
| • |
the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve, or in laws and regulations affecting us; |
| • |
changes in the credit, mortgage and real estate markets; |
| • |
the number of securities analysts covering us; |
| • |
our creditworthiness; |
| • |
publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage; |
| • |
changes in market valuations or earnings of companies that investors deemed comparable to us; |
| • |
the average daily trading volume of our common stock; |
| • |
future issuances of our common stock or other securities; |
| • |
changes in dividends on our common stock; |
| • |
additions or departures of key personnel; |
| • |
perceptions in the marketplace regarding our competitors and/or us; |
| • |
significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us; and |
| • |
other news, announcements or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our markets or the financial services industry. |
The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks have experienced significant fluctuations in recent years. In addition, significant fluctuations in the trading volume in our common stock may cause significant price variations to occur. Increased market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which may make it difficult for investors to sell their shares at the volume, prices and times desired.
Shares eligible for future sale and shares we may issue in the future could adversely affect market prices of our common stock.
Shares of our common stock eligible for future sale, including those that may be issued in any private or public offering of our common stock, as consideration in acquisition transactions, or as incentives under incentive plans, could adversely affect market prices for our common stock. As of December 31, 2025, we had 9,798,948 shares outstanding and 226,602 shares subject to options granted under our incentive plan. Our Series A Preferred Stock is also convertible into our common stock. Because our outstanding shares of common stock either were issued in an offering registered under the Securities Act or have been held for more than one year, such shares are freely tradable, except for shares held by our affiliates (approximately 7% of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2025) and 337,735 shares that represent unvested restricted shares under our incentive plan. Shares issued under our incentive plan will be available for sale into the public market, except for shares held by our affiliates. Shares held by our affiliates may be resold subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock to raise capital for growth or as consideration in acquisition transactions or for other purposes, and such shares may be registered under the Securities Act and freely tradable or may be issued in a private placement and registered for resale under the Securities Act.
Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability to pay dividends is subject to restrictions.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such cash dividends as our Board may declare out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. We have no obligation to continue paying dividends, and we may change our dividend policy at any time without notice to our shareholders. In addition, our existing and future debt agreements limit, or may limit, our ability to pay dividends. Under the terms of our 2032 Notes, we are prohibited from paying dividends upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default under such notes. Our ability to pay dividends may be limited on account of the junior subordinated debentures that we assumed through acquisitions. We must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock.
Since the Company’s primary asset is its stock of the Bank, we are dependent upon dividends from the Bank to pay our operating expenses, satisfy our obligations and to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, any declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will substantially depend upon the Bank’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate and other factors deemed relevant by our Board. Furthermore, consistent with our strategic plans, capital availability, projected liquidity needs, and other factors, we have made, and will continue to make, capital management decisions and policies that could adversely impact the amount of dividends, if any, paid to our common shareholders.
In addition, there are numerous laws and banking regulations that limit our and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. For further discussion of the regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Dividends.
Our Restated Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, and certain banking laws applicable to us, could have an anti-takeover effect that decreases our chances of being acquired, even if our acquisition is in our shareholders’ best interests.
Certain provisions of our restated articles of incorporation and our by-laws, as amended, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of our organization or conduct a proxy contest, even if those events were perceived by many of our shareholders as beneficial to their interests. These provisions, and the corporate and banking laws and regulations applicable to us:
| • |
enable our Board to issue additional shares of authorized, but unissued capital stock. In particular, our Board may issue “blank check” preferred stock with such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Board; |
| • |
enable our Board to increase the size of the Board and fill the vacancies created by the increase; |
| • |
enable our Board to amend our by-laws without shareholder approval; |
| • |
require advance notice for director nominations and other shareholder proposals; and |
| • |
require prior regulatory application and approval of any transaction involving control of our organization. |
These provisions may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, including circumstances in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium over the market price of our shares.
Our Series A Preferred Stock could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and holders of our common stock.
On July 1, 2025, we issued 32,500 shares of our newly designated Series A Preferred Stock. The relative preferences, rights and limitations of our Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in our Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended by the Articles of Amendment filed with the Louisiana Secretary of State, which became effective on June 30, 2025 (as amended, the “Restated Articles”). Pursuant to the Restated Articles, subject to certain exceptions, we are prohibited from paying dividends on, or repurchasing or redeeming our common stock, unless full dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock’s most recently completed dividend period have been declared and paid on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In addition, holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have the right to receive distributions or payments upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business, or upon the occurrence of specified “Reorganization Events,” as defined in the Restated Articles, before any payment may be made to holders of our common stock. These and other provisions related to the Series A Preferred Stock could influence our use of cash, which in turn could reduce the amount of cash flows available for dividends on our common stock, working capital, capital expenditures, growth opportunities (including acquisitions) and general corporate purposes. Our Series A Preferred Stock could also limit our ability to obtain additional financing, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and growth strategies.
Further, holders of Series A Preferred Stock have the right, at any time and from time to time, at such holder’s option to convert all or any portion of their Series A Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock at the rate of 47.619 shares of common stock per share of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to certain adjustments) (the “Conversion Rate”), plus cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock. In addition, subject to certain conditions, on or after July 1, 2028, we will have the right, at our option, from time to time on any dividend payment date, to cause some or all of the Series A Preferred Stock to be converted into shares of our common stock at the Conversion Rate if, for 20 trading days within a period of 30 consecutive trading days, the closing price of our common stock exceeds $26.25 per share (subject to certain adjustments). Any conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into common stock would dilute the ownership interest of existing holders of our common stock, and any sales in the public market of common stock issuable upon such conversion, or the perception that such sales might occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.
Our issuance of preferred stock in the future could adversely affect holders of our common stock and discourage a takeover.
Our shareholders authorized our Board to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock without any further action on the part of our shareholders. The Board also has the power, without shareholder approval, to set the terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. As of the date of this report, 32,500 shares of our newly designated Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding. Holders of our Series A Preferred Stock have certain rights and preferences over our common stock, including but not limited to, payment of dividends, payment upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and such shares are convertible into shares of our common stock upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to the terms and conditions of such Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity and “—Our Series A Preferred Stock could adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and holders of our common stock” above for additional information regarding our Series A Preferred Stock.
If we issue new preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock or that are convertible into common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our Board to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our shareholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction perceived to be favorable to our shareholders.
An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is subject to risk of loss.
Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, an investor may lose some or all of his or her investment in our common stock.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Risk Management and Strategy
The Company’s IS is comprised of five pillars: the Information Security Policy, the Enterprise Information Security Risk Assessment, the Incident Response Plan, a formalized Security Awareness Campaign, and an enterprise monitoring and reporting program.
| • | The Information Security Policy contains numerous distinct administrative and technical controls that govern data security for the organization and is based on the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. The policy is reviewed and approved by the Board annually. |
| • | The Enterprise Information Security Risk Assessment quantifies risk criteria utilizing the same impact measures, including financial, strategic, operational, and reputational, set forth by the Enterprise Risk Committee. The risk assessment is reviewed and approved by the Board annually. The Enterprise Risk Committee includes members of management from various departments and members of the Board and oversees the overall risk management of the Company. The Enterprise Risk Committee meets as often as appropriate to perform its responsibilities, but no less than once per calendar quarter and reports findings and provides recommendations to the Board on a routine basis. |
| • | The IRP includes procedures for responding to actual or potential cybersecurity incidents, including providing timely notice to customers and our bank regulatory agencies when appropriate. The IRP is based on the NIST Cybersecurity Framework. The plan is tested annually through tabletop exercises. |
| • | The Security Awareness Campaign is designed with the goal that employees are educated on policy, threats, and best practices from onboarding and throughout their tenure at the Company. This effort includes an onboarding training program, annual attestation and training, and weekly communication designed to help instill in employees a security mindset through repetition. |
| • | The Company maintains an enterprise monitoring and reporting program, which identifies key risk indicators for tracking and identifying trends. The key risk indicators are presented to the Company’s IT Committee monthly and the Board on a quarterly basis. |
The IS Program is monitored each year through various internal and external audits, as well as OCC regulatory exams. Vulnerability and penetration testing are also conducted at least annually by an independent party to supplement the vulnerability and patching program routinely performed by internal staff. Third-party vendors supplement the Company’s internal patching program as necessary. The Company also utilizes a -party “SOC as a Service” to monitor extended detection and response logs and network traffic.
Third-party service provider risk is evaluated prior to and throughout the relationship. Third-party service providers must meet a minimum set of baseline security standards prior to being onboarded. During onboarding, the third party and the services they provide are added to the Information Security Risk Assessment, including consideration of inherent risk factors and mitigating controls. Alternative vendors and the effort to transition between vendors are identified during onboarding as well as in the event that the selected provider may fail in providing contracted services at any time. After a third party is onboarded, they are subject to the annual third-party risk management program, specific to their assigned risk criticality. This effort includes the review of service organization controls reports, business continuity and disaster recovery efforts, insurance certificates, and other compliance related concerns when applicable.
Governance
Item 2. Properties
Our main office, which serves as our executive and operations center, is located at 10500 Coursey Boulevard in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. In addition, we operate 36 full-service branches. Our 20 branches in Louisiana are located in Ascension (1), East Baton Rouge (3), West Baton Rouge (1), Jefferson (2), Lafayette (2), Livingston (1), Orleans (1), St. Tammany (1), Tangipahoa (1), East Feliciana (2), West Feliciana (1), Evangeline (3) and Calcasieu (1) Parishes. Our ten branches in Texas are located in Galveston (1), Harris, (1), Montgomery (1), Tarrant (1), Wichita (2) and Wise (4) Counties. Our six branches in Alabama are located in Calhoun (3), Sumter (2) and Tuscaloosa (1) Counties. We also have one stand-alone ITM in Morgan City, Louisiana.
We own the building, known as Investar Tower, in which our main office is located, and all of our branch offices, with the exception of two leased branch locations in Louisiana and four leased branch locations in Texas. As lessor, we lease space on the first floor of our main office building to multiple tenants, and we also lease a portion of one of our branch locations. Each of our owned branch facilities is a stand-alone building with on-site parking and drive-up access, the majority of which are equipped with an ATM or ITM. We believe that our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet our operating needs for the foreseeable future.
We also own a tract of land in each of the following Louisiana parishes: East Baton Rouge Parish and St. Mary Parish. Each tract of land has been designated as either a future branch or stand-alone ITM location. The timing of the development of these tracts of land is uncertain.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are party to ordinary routine litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not presently party to, and none of our property is the subject of, any legal proceedings, the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, growth prospects or capital levels, nor were any such proceedings terminated during the fourth quarter of 2025.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ISTR.” As of March 12, 2026, there were approximately 732 holders of record of our common stock including participants in security position listings.
Dividend Policy
The Company has paid a quarterly dividend on its common stock since 2011 and intends to continue to declare dividends on its common on a quarterly basis; however, we are not obligated to pay dividends on either our common or preferred stock. Pursuant to the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation, subject to certain exceptions, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock unless full dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock’s most recently completed dividend period have been declared and paid on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The declaration of dividends on our common and preferred stock is at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial performance, future prospects, regulatory requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board.
Since we are a holding company with no material business activities, our ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent upon the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to us in the form of dividends, loans and advances. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to us depends upon the Bank’s earnings, financial condition, general economic conditions, compliance with regulatory requirements and other factors. In addition, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is itself subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions. See Item 1. Business – Supervision and Regulation – Dividends, above for a discussion of the restrictions on dividends under federal banking laws and regulations. In addition, as a Louisiana corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the Louisiana Business Corporation Act. Generally, a Louisiana corporation may pay dividends to its shareholders unless, after giving effect to the dividend, either (1) the corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business or (2) the corporation’s total assets are less than the sum of its total liabilities and the amount that would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the payment of the dividend, to satisfy the preferential rights of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the dividend. In addition, our existing and future debt agreements limit, or may limit, our ability to pay dividends. Under the terms of our 2032 Notes, we are prohibited from paying dividends upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default under such notes. Finally, our ability to pay dividends may be limited on account of the junior subordinated debentures that we assumed through acquisitions. We must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock.
These restrictions do not, and are not expected in the future to, materially limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders in an amount consistent with the Company’s history of paying dividends.
Stock Performance Graph
The above graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock over a measurement period beginning at the market close on the last trading day of 2020, with (i) the cumulative total return on the stocks included in the Russell 3000 Index and (ii) the cumulative total return on the stocks included in the S&P United States SmallCap Banks Index, which includes banks with market capitalizations of $250 million to $1 billion. The performance graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, the Russell 3000 Index and the S&P United States SmallCap Banks Index was $100 at December 31, 2020 and that all dividends were reinvested.
| Period ending December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Index |
2020 |
2021 |
2022 |
2023 |
2024 |
2025 |
||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation |
$ | 100.00 | $ | 112.98 | $ | 134.49 | $ | 96.07 | $ | 144.76 | $ | 179.78 | ||||||||||||
| Russell 3000 |
100.00 | 139.21 | 122.74 | 123.35 | 145.82 | 160.37 | ||||||||||||||||||
| S&P US SmallCap Banks |
100.00 | 125.66 | 101.53 | 127.88 | 158.32 | 185.47 | ||||||||||||||||||
There can be no assurance that our common stock performance will continue in the future with the same or similar trends depicted in the performance graph above. We will not make or endorse any predictions as to future stock performance.
The information provided under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to its proxy regulations or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act other than as provided in Item 201 of Regulation S-K. The information provided in this section shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or Exchange Act.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
Not applicable.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
| Period |
(a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased(1) |
(b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit)(2) |
(c) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs |
(d) Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) That May Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs(3) |
||||||||||||
| October 1, 2025 to October 31, 2025 |
16,446 | $ | 24.20 | 16,129 | 393,737 | |||||||||||
| November 1, 2025 to November 30, 2025 |
12,601 | 23.58 | 12,341 | 381,396 | ||||||||||||
| December 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025 |
— | — | — | 381,396 | ||||||||||||
| Total |
29,047 | $ | 23.93 | 28,470 | 381,396 | |||||||||||
| (1) |
Includes 577 shares surrendered to cover the payroll taxes due upon the vesting of restricted stock. |
|
| (2) | The average price paid per share does not include the effect of excise tax expense incurred on net stock repurchases. | |
| (3) | The Company has had a share repurchase program, which has no expiration date, since 2015. On July 19, 2023 and September 21, 2022, the Board approved an additional 350,000 shares and 300,000 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock for repurchase under the share repurchase program. |
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Please refer to the information under the heading “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans” in Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters, for a discussion of the securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans.
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This section presents management’s perspective on the financial condition and results of operations of Investar Holding Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investar Bank, National Association. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes and other supplemental information included herein. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this document, Item 1A. Risk Factors in Part I, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis.
Discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes results of operations and financial condition for 2025 and 2024 and year-over-year comparisons between 2025 and 2024. For discussion on results of operations and financial condition pertaining to 2024 and 2023 and year-over-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2025.
Overview
The Bank commenced operations in 2006 and we completed our initial public offering in July 2014. On July 1, 2019, the Bank changed from a Louisiana state bank charter to a national bank charter and its name changed to Investar Bank, National Association. Through the Bank, we provide full banking services, excluding trust services, tailored primarily to meet the needs of individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses. Our primary areas of operation are south Louisiana (approximately 77% of our total deposits as of December 31, 2025), including Baton Rouge, New Orleans, Lafayette, Lake Charles, and their surrounding areas; Texas, including Houston and its surrounding area, and, as of January 1, 2026, north Dallas and Wichita Falls and their surrounding areas; and Alabama, including York and Oxford and their surrounding areas. As of March 16, 2026, we operated 36 full-service branches comprised of 20 full-service branches in Louisiana, ten full-service branches in Texas, and six full-service branches in Alabama.
Our strategy focuses on consistent, quality earnings through the optimization of our balance sheet. Our strategy includes originating and renewing high quality, primarily variable-rate, loans and allowing higher risk credit relationships to run off. We have kept duration short on our liabilities to provide flexibility to secure lower cost funding that was accretive to our net interest margin. Our strategy also includes growth through acquisitions, including whole-bank acquisitions, strategic branch acquisitions and asset acquisitions. We have completed eight whole-bank acquisitions since 2011 and regularly review acquisition opportunities. Our most recent whole bank acquisition was completed in January 2026. For additional information, see Item 1. Business – Acquisition Activity – Recent Acquisitions.
Our principal business is lending to and accepting deposits from individuals and small to medium-sized businesses in our areas of operation. As a financial holding company operating through one reportable segment, we generate our income principally from interest on loans and, to a lesser extent, our securities investments, as well as from fees charged in connection with our various loan and deposit services. Our principal expenses are interest expense on interest-bearing customer deposits and borrowings, salaries and employee benefits, occupancy costs, data processing and other operating expenses. We measure our performance through our net interest margin, return on average assets, and return on average common equity, among other metrics, while seeking to maintain appropriate regulatory leverage and risk-based capital ratios.
Acquisition of WFB
On July 1, 2025, we announced that we had entered into the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Investar and WFB, headquartered in Wichita Falls, Texas, which provided for the merger of WFB with and into Investar, with Investar as the surviving corporation, followed by the merger of FNB, WFB’s wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank. The Company completed its acquisition of WFB and FNB on January 1, 2026. All of the issued and outstanding shares of WFB common stock were converted into aggregate merger consideration consisting of $7.2 million in cash and 3,955,272 shares of Company common stock for an aggregate transaction value of $112.9 million. This value is based on the Company’s closing stock price on December 31, 2025 of $26.72 per common share. At December 31, 2025, WFB had $1.2 billion in total assets, $1.0 billion in net loans and $1.0 billion in total deposits.
Private Placement of Series A Preferred Stock
In connection with the WFB transaction, on July 1, 2025, we completed a private placement of 32,500 shares of our newly designated Series A Preferred Stock with selected institutional and other accredited investors at a price of $1,000 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $32.5 million. The net proceeds were $30.4 million, after deducting placement agent fees and other offering-related expenses. Investar utilized the net proceeds from the offering to support the acquisition of WFB and for general corporate purposes, including organic growth and other potential acquisitions. For additional information, see Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity.
For certain GAAP performance measures, see “Certain Performance Indicators: GAAP Financial Measures” below. We also monitor changes in our tangible equity, tangible assets, and tangible book value per common share, shown in the section “Certain Performance Indicators: Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
Certain Performance Indicators: GAAP Financial Measures
| As of and for the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||
| (In thousands, except per share data) |
2025 |
2024 |
2023(1) |
2022 |
2021(2) | |||||||||||||||
| Financial Information |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 2,833,048 | $ | 2,722,812 | $ | 2,815,155 | $ | 2,753,807 | $ | 2,513,203 | ||||||||||
| Total common stockholders’ equity |
270,720 | 241,296 | 226,768 | 215,782 | 242,598 | |||||||||||||||
| Net interest income |
80,773 | 69,753 | 74,520 | 89,785 | 83,814 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest income |
9,463 | 14,205 | 6,538 | 18,350 | 12,042 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest expense |
65,741 | 63,032 | 62,630 | 60,865 | 63,062 | |||||||||||||||
| Net income |
22,904 | 20,252 | 16,678 | 35,709 | 8,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Net income available to common shareholders |
21,848 | 20,252 | 16,678 | 35,709 | 8,000 | |||||||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per common share |
2.13 | 2.04 | 1.69 | 3.50 | 0.76 | |||||||||||||||
| Performance Ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Return on average assets |
0.83 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.60 | % | 1.37 | % | 0.31 | % | ||||||||||
| Return on average common equity |
8.45 | 8.60 | 7.63 | 15.63 | 3.22 | |||||||||||||||
| Net interest margin |
3.07 | 2.63 | 2.83 | 3.67 | 3.53 | |||||||||||||||
| Efficiency ratio(3) |
72.85 | 75.08 | 77.26 | 56.29 | 65.79 | |||||||||||||||
| Dividend payout ratio |
19.59 | 19.90 | 23.37 | 10.31 | 40.26 | |||||||||||||||
| Capital Ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total common equity to total assets |
9.56 | % | 8.86 | % | 8.06 | % | 7.84 | % | 9.65 | % | ||||||||||
| (1) | During 2023 we purchased commercial and industrial lines of credit with an unpaid principal balance of $162.7 million. We also sold certain assets, deposits, and other liabilities associated with two branches in Texas previously acquired from PlainsCapital Bank. | |
| (2) |
On April 1, 2021, the Company acquired Cheaha Financial Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Cheaha Bank, by merger with and into the Company and Bank, respectively. |
|
| (3) | Calculated as noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income (before provision for (reversal of) credit losses) and noninterest income. |
Certain Performance Indicators: Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Our accounting and reporting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, and the prevailing practices in the banking industry. However, we also evaluate our performance based on certain additional non-GAAP metrics, including tangible book value, tangible assets, tangible book value per common share, and tangible common equity to tangible assets. These measures are not financial measures recognized under GAAP and, therefore, are considered non-GAAP financial measures.
Our management, banking regulators, financial analysts and investors use these non-GAAP financial measures to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of preferred stock and/or goodwill or other intangible assets, which typically stem from the use of the purchase accounting method of accounting for mergers and acquisitions. Tangible equity, tangible assets, tangible book value per common share or related measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity, total assets, book value per common share or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate tangible equity, tangible assets, tangible book value per common share and any other related measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, stockholders’ equity (on a GAAP basis) to tangible equity and total assets (on a GAAP basis) to tangible assets and calculates our tangible book value per common share (dollars in thousands).
| As of and for the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
2022 |
2021 |
||||||||||||||||
| Tangible common equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity - GAAP |
$ | 301,073 | $ | 241,296 | $ | 226,768 | $ | 215,782 | $ | 242,598 | ||||||||||
| Less: preferred stock |
30,353 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total common stockholders’ equity |
270,720 | 241,296 | 226,768 | 215,782 | 242,598 | |||||||||||||||
| Adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | |||||||||||||||
| Core deposit intangible |
996 | 1,508 | 2,132 | 2,959 | 3,848 | |||||||||||||||
| Trademark intangible |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
| Tangible common equity |
$ | 229,536 | $ | 199,600 | $ | 184,448 | $ | 172,635 | $ | 198,562 | ||||||||||
| Tangible assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets - GAAP |
$ | 2,833,048 | $ | 2,722,812 | $ | 2,815,155 | $ | 2,753,807 | $ | 2,513,203 | ||||||||||
| Adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Goodwill |
40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | 40,088 | |||||||||||||||
| Core deposit intangible |
996 | 1,508 | 2,132 | 2,959 | 3,848 | |||||||||||||||
| Trademark intangible |
100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
| Tangible assets |
$ | 2,791,864 | $ | 2,681,116 | $ | 2,772,835 | $ | 2,710,660 | $ | 2,469,167 | ||||||||||
| Total common shares outstanding |
9,798,948 | 9,828,413 | 9,748,067 | 9,901,847 | 10,343,494 | |||||||||||||||
| Book value per common share |
$ | 27.63 | $ | 24.55 | $ | 23.26 | $ | 21.79 | $ | 23.45 | ||||||||||
| Effect of adjustments |
(4.21 | ) | (4.24 | ) | (4.34 | ) | (4.36 | ) | (4.25 | ) | ||||||||||
| Tangible book value per common share |
23.42 | 20.31 | 18.92 | 17.43 | 19.20 | |||||||||||||||
| Total common equity to total assets |
9.56 | % | 8.86 | % | 8.06 | % | 7.84 | % | 9.65 | % | ||||||||||
| Effect of adjustments |
$ | (1.34 | ) | $ | (1.42 | ) | $ | (1.41 | ) | $ | (1.47 | ) | $ | (1.61 | ) | |||||
| Tangible common equity to tangible assets |
8.22 | % | 7.44 | % | 6.65 | % | 6.37 | % | 8.04 | % | ||||||||||
Certain Events That Affect Year-over-Year Comparability
Disruptions in the Banking Industry. Between March 10, 2023 and March 12, 2023, state banking supervisors closed Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank and named the FDIC as receiver. At the time of closure, they were among the 30 largest U.S. banks. While the reasons for their failure are complex and have not been fully investigated, reports indicate that, among other things, both banks had grown in asset size in recent periods at a faster rate than their peers, had large proportions of uninsured deposits (approximately 87.5% and 89.7% of total deposits, respectively) and high unrealized losses on investment securities. Silicon Valley Bank’s business strategy focused on serving the technology and venture capital sectors, and Signature Bank had significant exposure to deposits from the digital asset industry. Prior to their closure, both banks experienced sudden and rapid deposit withdrawals. These events caused bank deposit customers, particularly those with uninsured deposits, to become concerned regarding the safety of their deposits, and in some cases caused customers to withdraw deposits. In response to the disruptions, among other things, the Federal Reserve announced a new BTFP to provide eligible banks with loans of up to one-year maturity backed by collateral pledged at par value. On April 24, 2023, San Francisco-based First Republic Bank, also among the 30 largest U.S. banks, reported a large deposit outflow and substantially reduced net income. First Republic Bank also had a large proportion of uninsured deposits (67% as of December 31, 2022). On May 1, 2023, regulators seized First Republic Bank and sold all of its deposits and most of its assets to JPMorgan Chase Bank.
As of December 31, 2025, we have recorded total recoveries on the relationship of approximately $7.9 million on a cumulative basis. During 2025, we recorded a $3.3 million recovery of loans previously charged off as a result of a property insurance settlement related to a loan relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida, and we also recorded related noninterest expense of $0.2 million. During 2024, we recorded a gain on sale of other real estate owned of $0.7 million and noninterest income of $1.1 million from a legal settlement related to this loan relationship.
Branch Activity. In January 2024, we closed one branch in Alabama. In October 2024, we converted an existing loan and deposit production office in our Texas market to a full-service branch location.
Subordinated Debt Repurchases and Redemptions. During the first quarter of 2024, we repurchased $1.0 million in principal amount of our 2032 Notes. During the second quarter of 2024, we repurchased $5.0 million in principal amount of our 2029 Notes and $2.0 million in principal amount of our 2032 Notes. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we redeemed all of the remaining $20.0 million in principal amount of the 2029 Notes. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, our outstanding subordinated debt consisted of $17.0 million in principal amount of our 2032 Notes.
Legal Settlement. During the third quarter of 2024, we recorded noninterest income of $1.1 million from a legal settlement related to a lending relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida.
BOLI Restructuring. During the first quarter of 2024, we surrendered approximately $8.4 million of BOLI and reinvested the proceeds in higher yielding policies.
BOLI Death Benefit Proceeds. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we received BOLI death benefit proceeds totaling $5.5 million, and recorded a related $3.1 million in nontaxable noninterest income from BOLI.
Acquisition of WFB. During 2025, we recorded acquisition expense of $1.0 million related to the acquisition of WFB completed on January 1, 2026.
Private Placement of Series A Preferred Stock. During the third quarter of 2025, we completed a private placement of 32,500 shares of our newly designated Series A Preferred Stock with selected institutional and other accredited investors at a price of $1,000 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $32.5 million. The net proceeds were $30.4 million, after deducting placement agent fees and other offering-related expenses.
Total assets were $2.8 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $0.1 million, or 4.0%, compared to total assets of $2.7 billion at December 31, 2024. Net income available to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2025 totaled $21.8 million, or $2.13 per diluted common share, compared to $20.3 million, or $2.04 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2024. This represents a $1.6 million, or a 7.9%, increase in net income available to common shareholders. At December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank each were in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank was considered “well-capitalized” under prompt corrective action regulations.
Key components of the Company’s performance during the year ended December 31, 2025 are summarized below.
| • |
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $80.8 million, an increase of $11.0 million, or 15.8%, compared to $69.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. We experienced margin expansion as our cost of funds decreased and our yield on interest-earning assets increased. |
| • |
For the year ended December 31, 2025, our net interest margin was 3.07% compared to 2.63% for the year ended December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Return on average assets increased to 0.83% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 0.73% for the year ended December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Return on average common equity decreased to 8.45% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 8.60% for the year ended December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Book value per common share increased to $27.63 at December 31, 2025, or 12.5% compared to $24.55 at December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Total loans increased $50.9 million, or 2.4%, to $2.18 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to $2.13 billion at December 31, 2024. Variable-rate loans as a percentage of total loans was 38% at December 31, 2025 compared to 32% at December 31, 2024. |
| • |
We recorded a $3.4 million reversal of credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to a reversal of credit losses of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Nonperforming loans were 0.43% of total loans at December 31, 2025 compared to 0.42% at December 31, 2024. |
| • |
Total deposits were $2.35 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.3 million, or 0.2%, compared to deposits of $2.35 billion at December 31, 2024. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $13.8 million, or 3.2%, to $446.0 million compared to $432.1 million at December 31, 2024. |
| • |
We repurchased 114,249 shares of our common stock at an average price of $19.84 per share during 2025 and repurchased 18,621 shares of our common stock at an average price of $16.13 per share during 2024. We increased dividends by 6.1% to $0.435 per common share for 2025 from $0.41 per common share for 2024. |
| • |
Stockholders’ equity increased 24.8% to $301.1 million at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024. |
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
Loans
General. Loans, constitute our most significant asset, comprising 77% and 78% of our total assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Loans increased $50.9 million, or 2.4%, to $2.18 billion at December 31, 2025 from $2.13 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in loans was primarily the result of organic growth. We emphasize the origination of high margin loans that promote long-term profitability and proactively exiting credit relationships that do not fit this strategy. Our variable-rate loans as a percentage of total loans increased to 38% at December 31, 2025 compared to 32% at December 31, 2024.
The table below sets forth the balance of loans outstanding by loan type as of the dates presented, and the percentage of each loan type to total loans (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Percentage of Total Loans |
Amount |
Percentage of Total Loans |
|||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 147,980 | 6.8 | % | $ | 154,553 | 7.3 | % | ||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
376,238 | 17.3 | 396,815 | 18.7 | ||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
130,005 | 6.0 | 84,576 | 4.0 | ||||||||||||
| Farmland |
4,788 | 0.2 | 6,977 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied(1) |
460,126 | 21.1 | 449,259 | 21.1 | ||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied |
452,142 | 20.8 | 495,289 | 23.3 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial(1) |
595,263 | 27.4 | 526,928 | 24.8 | ||||||||||||
| Consumer |
9,431 | 0.4 | 10,687 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
| Total loans |
$ | 2,175,973 | 100 | % | $ | 2,125,084 | 100 | % | ||||||||
| (1) | The Company’s business lending portfolio consists of loans secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate properties and commercial and industrial loans. |
At December 31, 2025, the Company’s total business lending portfolio, which consists of loans secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate properties and commercial and industrial loans, was $1.06 billion, an increase of $79.2 million, or 8.1%, compared to the business lending portfolio of $976.2 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in the business lending portfolio was primarily driven by organic growth and higher utilization of credit lines, particularly on commercial and industrial relationships.
Nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $452.1 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $43.1 million, or 8.7% compared to $495.3 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease in nonowner-occupied loans was primarily due to loan amortization and payoffs that aligned with our continued strategy to optimize and de-risk the mix of the portfolio.
During the third quarter of 2023, we exited the consumer mortgage loan origination business to transition into shorter duration, higher risk-adjusted return asset classes, in an effort to focus more on our core business and optimize profitability. The consumer mortgage portfolio was approximately $224.5 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease of $18.0 million, or 7.4%, compared to $242.5 million at December 31, 2024, substantially all of which is included in the 1-4 family category. The remaining loans in the category consisted primarily of second mortgages, home equity loans, home equity lines of credit, and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate.
Loan Concentrations. Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities that would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had no concentrations of loans exceeding 10% of total loans other than loans in the categories listed in the table above.
The table below sets forth the balance of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans by industry based on NAICS code and nonowner-occupied loans by property type as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Percentage of Total |
Amount |
Percentage of Total |
|||||||||||||
| Owner-Occupied |
||||||||||||||||
| Retail trade |
$ | 129,973 | 28 | % | $ | 136,350 | 30 | % | ||||||||
| Wholesale trade |
59,282 | 13 | 48,930 | 11 | ||||||||||||
| Healthcare and social assistance |
42,522 | 9 | 38,950 | 9 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate |
39,930 | 9 | 67,590 | 15 | ||||||||||||
| Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction |
34,119 | 7 | 3,415 | 1 | ||||||||||||
| Other services (except public administration) |
32,147 | 7 | 32,532 | 7 | ||||||||||||
| Accommodation and food services |
30,884 | 7 | 30,071 | 7 | ||||||||||||
| Manufacturing |
20,733 | 5 | 16,618 | 4 | ||||||||||||
| Construction |
16,193 | 4 | 18,276 | 4 | ||||||||||||
| All other(1) |
54,343 | 11 | 56,527 | 12 | ||||||||||||
| Total owner-occupied |
$ | 460,126 | 100 | % | $ | 449,259 | 100 | % | ||||||||
| Nonowner-Occupied |
||||||||||||||||
| Retail |
$ | 157,272 | 35 | % | $ | 168,033 | 34 | % | ||||||||
| Healthcare |
85,921 | 19 | 95,641 | 19 | ||||||||||||
| Office |
82,833 | 18 | 97,261 | 20 | ||||||||||||
| Warehouse |
49,254 | 11 | 57,684 | 12 | ||||||||||||
| Hotel/motel |
29,956 | 7 | 30,875 | 6 | ||||||||||||
| All other |
46,906 | 10 | 45,795 | 9 | ||||||||||||
| Total nonowner-occupied |
$ | 452,142 | 100 | % | $ | 495,289 | 100 | % | ||||||||
| (1) |
No individual category within “All other” represents more than 4% of total owner-occupied loans. |
The following table reflects contractual loan maturities of loans in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with fixed and variable interest rates in each maturity range as of December 31, 2025.
| (dollars in thousands) |
One Year or Less |
After One Year Through Five Years |
After Five Years Through Fifteen Years |
After Fifteen Years |
Total |
|||||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 106,203 | $ | 34,602 | $ | 7,029 | $ | 146 | $ | 147,980 | ||||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
38,625 | 65,667 | 38,333 | 233,613 | 376,238 | |||||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
43,129 | 72,185 | 4,494 | 10,197 | 130,005 | |||||||||||||||
| Farmland |
961 | 2,936 | 891 | — | 4,788 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied |
104,215 | 173,043 | 180,268 | 2,600 | 460,126 | |||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied |
154,618 | 201,701 | 95,131 | 692 | 452,142 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
301,621 | 159,051 | 133,474 | 1,117 | 595,263 | |||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
2,814 | 5,449 | 1,085 | 83 | 9,431 | |||||||||||||||
| Total loans |
$ | 752,186 | $ | 714,634 | $ | 460,705 | $ | 248,448 | $ | 2,175,973 | ||||||||||
| Loans with fixed rates: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 19,012 | $ | 16,705 | $ | 4,167 | $ | 146 | $ | 40,030 | ||||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
12,592 | 58,346 | 36,589 | 193,206 | 300,733 | |||||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
19,844 | 44,296 | 3,288 | 847 | 68,275 | |||||||||||||||
| Farmland |
417 | 2,483 | 269 | — | 3,169 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied |
12,285 | 121,374 | 177,543 | 1,455 | 312,657 | |||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied |
93,448 | 193,653 | 87,955 | 154 | 375,210 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
39,354 | 75,662 | 113,252 | — | 228,268 | |||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
2,558 | 5,264 | 954 | 83 | 8,859 | |||||||||||||||
| Total loans with fixed rates |
$ | 199,510 | $ | 517,783 | $ | 424,017 | $ | 195,891 | $ | 1,337,201 | ||||||||||
| Loans with variable rates: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 87,191 | $ | 17,897 | $ | 2,862 | $ | — | $ | 107,950 | ||||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
26,033 | 7,321 | 1,744 | 40,407 | 75,505 | |||||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
23,285 | 27,889 | 1,206 | 9,350 | 61,730 | |||||||||||||||
| Farmland |
544 | 453 | 622 | — | 1,619 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Owner-occupied |
91,930 | 51,669 | 2,725 | 1,145 | 147,469 | |||||||||||||||
| Nonowner-occupied |
61,170 | 8,048 | 7,176 | 538 | 76,932 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
262,267 | 83,389 | 20,222 | 1,117 | 366,995 | |||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
256 | 185 | 131 | — | 572 | |||||||||||||||
| Total loans with variable rates |
$ | 552,676 | $ | 196,851 | $ | 36,688 | $ | 52,557 | $ | 838,772 | ||||||||||
Investment Securities
We purchase investment securities primarily to provide a source for meeting liquidity needs, with return on investment as a secondary consideration. We also use investment securities as collateral for certain deposits and other types of borrowings. Investment securities represented 15% of our total assets and totaled $418.8 million at December 31, 2025, an increase of $45.0 million, or 12.0%, from $373.8 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in investment securities was driven primarily by a $38.4 million increase in residential mortgage-backed securities and a $5.9 million increase in obligations of state and political subdivisions. Due in large part to higher interest rates and market volatility, net unrealized losses in our AFS investment securities portfolio totaled $45.4 million at December 31, 2025 and $61.4 million at December 31, 2024.
The table below shows the carrying value of our investment securities portfolio by investment type and the percentage that such investment type comprises of our entire portfolio as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
| Balance |
Percentage of Portfolio |
Balance |
Percentage of Portfolio |
|||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations |
$ | 18,751 | 4.5 | % | $ | 15,707 | 4.2 | % | ||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
62,613 | 14.9 | 56,738 | 15.2 | ||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds |
24,682 | 5.9 | 27,267 | 7.3 | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities |
249,247 | 59.5 | 210,837 | 56.4 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
63,520 | 15.2 | 63,259 | 16.9 | ||||||||||||
| Total investment securities |
$ | 418,813 | 100 | % | $ | 373,808 | 100 | % | ||||||||
The investment portfolio consists of AFS and HTM securities. We do not hold any investments classified as trading. We classify debt securities as HTM if management has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. HTM securities are stated at amortized cost. Securities not classified as HTM are classified as AFS and are stated at fair value. At December 31, 2025, AFS securities comprised 88% of our total investment portfolio.
Due to the nature of the investments, current market prices, and the current interest rate environment, we determined that the declines in the fair values of the AFS and HTM securities portfolio were not attributable to credit losses. Accordingly, no ACL was recorded related to our investment securities. The carrying values of our AFS securities are adjusted for unrealized gains or losses not attributable to credit losses as valuation allowances, and any gains or losses are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). For additional information regarding accounting for our investment securities, see Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, we purchased $8.3 million of HTM securities classified as obligations of state and political subdivisions, compared to $27.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we purchased $75.0 million of AFS investment securities, compared to $27.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of AFS securities were $52.2 million in 2025 compared to $35.6 million in 2024, and we had no sales of AFS investment securities in 2025 compared to $18.0 million in 2024. Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of HTM securities were $2.8 million in 2025 compared to $4.8 million in 2024.
Mortgage-backed securities represented 80% and 55% of the AFS securities we purchased in 2025 and 2024, respectively. U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations securities represented 10% and 23% of the AFS securities we purchased in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Of the remaining AFS securities purchased in 2025 and 2024, 1% and 13%, respectively, were obligations of state and political subdivisions and 9% for each period were corporate bonds. We only purchase corporate bonds that are investment grade securities issued by seasoned corporations.
The table below sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of our investment debt securities based on the amortized cost of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands).
| One Year or Less |
After One Year Through Five Years |
After Five Years Through Ten Years |
After Ten Years |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Yield |
Amount |
Yield |
Amount |
Yield |
Amount |
Yield |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Held to maturity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
$ | — | — | % | $ | 2,064 | 3.77 | % | $ | 7,540 | 5.89 | % | $ | 36,727 | 7.07 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities |
— | — | — | — | — | — | 1,868 | 3.14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations |
5,056 | 4.03 | 5,369 | 6.14 | 7,141 | 4.23 | 1,344 | 4.73 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
104 | 3.83 | 4,032 | 2.77 | 6,444 | 2.38 | 7,156 | 2.87 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds |
— | — | 9,880 | 4.75 | 12,542 | 4.08 | 3,500 | 4.59 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities |
— | — | 292 | 1.96 | 3,023 | 2.75 | 279,534 | 2.75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities |
17 | 1.66 | 5,737 | 4.16 | 1,561 | 3.52 | 63,270 | 3.37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 5,177 | $ | 27,374 | $ | 38,251 | $ | 393,399 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
The maturity of mortgage-backed securities reflects scheduled repayments based upon the contractual maturities of the securities. Weighted average yields on tax-exempt securities are calculated based on amortized cost on a fully tax equivalent basis assuming a federal tax rate of 21%, when applicable.
Premises and Equipment
Bank premises and equipment decreased $1.2 million, or 2.9%, to $39.5 million at December 31, 2025 from $40.7 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to depreciation.
Deferred Tax Asset
At December 31, 2025, the net deferred tax asset was $14.1 million, compared to $17.1 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease in the deferred tax asset was primarily driven by a decrease in the net unrealized losses of the Bank’s AFS securities portfolio.
Deposits
The following table sets forth the composition of our deposits and the percentage of each deposit type to total deposits at December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Percentage of Total Deposits |
Amount |
Percentage of Total Deposits |
|||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
$ | 445,986 | 19.0 | % | $ | 432,143 | 18.4 | % | ||||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits |
608,807 | 25.9 | 554,777 | 23.7 | ||||||||||||
| Money market deposits |
255,500 | 10.9 | 191,548 | 8.2 | ||||||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits |
2 | — | 47,320 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||
| Savings deposits |
136,124 | 5.8 | 134,879 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||
| Brokered time deposits |
204,069 | 8.7 | 245,520 | 10.5 | ||||||||||||
| Time deposits |
699,761 | 29.7 | 739,757 | 31.5 | ||||||||||||
| Total deposits |
$ | 2,350,249 | 100 | % | $ | 2,345,944 | 100 | % | ||||||||
Total deposits were $2.35 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.3 million, or 0.2%, from total deposits of $2.35 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and money market deposits was primarily due to organic growth. We increased rates on our interest-bearing demand deposits during 2025 compared to 2024 to attract and retain lower cost deposits relative to higher-cost short-term borrowings. The decrease in time deposits was primarily due to maturities of higher cost time deposits as a result of our strategy to keep duration short and lower rates. Brokered time deposits decreased to $204.1 million at December 31, 2025 from $245.5 million at December 31, 2024. We utilize brokered time deposits, entirely in denominations of less than $250,000, to secure fixed cost funding and reduce short-term borrowings. At December 31, 2025, the balance of brokered time deposits remained below 10% of total assets, and the remaining weighted average duration was approximately five months with a weighted average rate of 4.03%.
The Company had de minimis brokered demand deposits at December 31, 2025 compared to $47.3 million at December 31, 2024. We utilize brokered demand deposits when pricing is more favorable than other short-term borrowings.
Estimated uninsured deposits were $793.2 million, or approximately 34% of total deposits, at December 31, 2025, compared to $737.6 million, or approximately 31% of total deposits, at December 31, 2024. The estimates are based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for our regulatory reporting requirements. The insured deposit data for 2025 and 2024 does not reflect an evaluation of all of the account ownership category distinctions that would determine the availability of deposit insurance to individual accounts based on FDIC regulations.
The following table shows scheduled maturities of time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 at December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||
| Time remaining until maturity: |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||
| Three months or less |
$ | 103,130 | $ | 119,312 | ||||
| Over three months through six months |
60,840 | 76,073 | ||||||
| Over six months through twelve months |
62,241 | 44,570 | ||||||
| Over twelve months |
10,320 | 16,823 | ||||||
| Total |
$ | 236,531 | $ | 256,778 | ||||
Borrowings
At December 31, 2025, total borrowings included securities sold under agreements to repurchase, advances from the FHLB, subordinated debt issued in 2022, and junior subordinated debentures assumed through acquisitions.
We had $11.2 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2025 compared to $8.4 million at December 31, 2024.
Our advances from the FHLB were $116.0 million at December 31, 2025, an increase of $48.8 million from FHLB advances of $67.2 million at December 31, 2024. FHLB advances are used to fund loan and investment activity that is not funded by deposits or other borrowings. Based on original maturities, at December 31, 2025, $36.0 million were short-term and $80.0 million of FHLB advances were long-term, compared to $7.2 million short-term and $60.0 million long-term FHLB advances at December 31, 2024. We utilized federal funds purchased during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, although none were outstanding at the year-ends. FHLB advances are used to fund new loan and investment activity that is not funded by deposits or other borrowings.
At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had $17.0 million in principal amount of our 2032 Notes outstanding. The carrying value of this subordinated debt was $16.7 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Junior subordinated debt of $8.8 million and $8.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, represents the junior subordinated debentures that we assumed in connection with our acquisitions of Cheaha Financial Group Inc. in 2021, BOJ Bancshares, Inc. in 2017, and First Community Bank in 2013.
On March 12, 2023, the Federal Reserve established the BTFP. The BTFP was a one-year program which provided additional liquidity through borrowings for a term of up to one year secured by the pledging of certain qualifying securities and other assets valued at par. Beginning in the second quarter of 2023, we utilized the BTFP to secure fixed rate funding for a one-year term and reduce short-term FHLB advances, which are priced daily. We utilized this source of funding due to its lower rate and the ability to prepay the obligations without penalty. The rates on the borrowings under the BTFP were fixed for one year from the day each borrowing was made. During the fourth quarter of 2023 and again in the first quarter of 2024, we refinanced all of our borrowings under the BTFP with new loans under the BTFP with a one-year term due to more favorable rates. During the third quarter of 2024, we began paying down borrowings under the BTFP and repaid all of the remaining borrowings under the BTFP in the fourth quarter of 2024. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had no outstanding borrowings under the BTFP. The BTFP ceased making new loans as scheduled on March 11, 2024.
Typically, the main source of our short-term borrowings are advances from the FHLB; however, during the year ended December 31, 2024, our primary source of short-term borrowings were borrowings under the BTFP due to more favorable rates. The rate charged for advances from the FHLB is directly tied to the Federal Reserve’s federal funds target rate. As of December 31, 2025, the federal funds target rate was 3.50% to 3.75%.
The average balances and cost of short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 are summarized in the table below (dollars in thousands).
| Average Balances |
Cost of Short-term Borrowings |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds purchased and short-term FHLB advances |
$ | 28,021 | $ | 6,069 | $ | 124,191 | 4.25 | % | 5.09 | % | 4.93 | % | ||||||||||||
| Borrowings under BTFP |
— | 174,357 | 131,952 | — | 4.78 | 5.09 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements |
12,097 | 9,486 | 4,587 | 0.75 | 0.65 | 0.13 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total short-term borrowings |
$ | 40,118 | $ | 189,912 | $ | 260,730 | 3.19 | % | 4.58 | % | 4.93 | % | ||||||||||||
The following table sets forth certain information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements: |
||||||||||||
| Amount outstanding at period end |
$ | 11,183 | $ | 8,376 | $ | 8,633 | ||||||
| Average amount outstanding during the period |
12,097 | 9,486 | 4,587 | |||||||||
| Maximum amount at any month end during the period |
16,082 | 28,894 | 13,930 | |||||||||
| Weighted-average interest rate at period end |
0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.13 | % | ||||||
| Weighted-average interest rate during period |
0.75 | 0.65 | 0.13 | |||||||||
2032 Notes. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had $17.0 million in principal amount of our 2032 Notes outstanding. On April 6, 2022, we entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers (the “Purchasers”) under which we issued $20.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 2032 Notes to the Purchasers at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2032 Notes. The 2032 Notes were issued under an indenture, dated April 6, 2022 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee.
The 2032 Notes have a stated maturity date of April 15, 2032 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.125% per year from and including April 6, 2022 to but excluding April 15, 2027 or earlier redemption date. From April 15, 2027 to but excluding the stated maturity date or earlier redemption date, the 2032 Notes will bear interest at a floating rate equal to the then current three-month term SOFR, plus 277 basis points. As provided in the 2032 Notes, the interest rate on the 2032 Notes during the applicable floating rate period may be determined based on a rate other than three-month term SOFR. The 2032 Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2027 or, in whole but not in part, under certain other limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture. Any redemption we made would be at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal balance being redeemed, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
Principal and interest on the 2032 Notes are subject to acceleration only in limited circumstances in the case of certain bankruptcy and insolvency-related events. The 2032 Notes are the unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company and rank junior in right of payment to our current and future senior indebtedness and to our obligations to our general creditors. The 2032 Notes are intended to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.
We used the majority of the net proceeds from the 2032 Notes to redeem our 2027 Notes in June 2022, and utilized the remaining proceeds for share repurchases and for general corporate purposes.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased $3.0 million in principal amount of the 2032 Notes.
2029 Notes. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, none of our 2029 Notes were outstanding. On November 12, 2019, the Company issued $25.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 2029 Notes at 100% of their face amount in a private placement to certain institutional and other accredited investors. The 2029 Notes had a maturity date of December 30, 2029. From and including the date of issuance to, but excluding December 30, 2024, the 2029 Notes bore interest at an initial fixed rate of 5.125% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears. From and including December 30, 2024 and thereafter, the 2029 Notes were to bear interest at a floating rate equal to the then-current three-month LIBOR as calculated on each applicable date of determination, or an alternative rate determined in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes if the three-month LIBOR could not be determined, plus 3.490%, payable quarterly in arrears.
The Company could redeem the 2029 Notes, in whole or in part, on or after December 30, 2024 or, in whole but not in part, under certain limited circumstances set forth in the 2029 Notes. Any redemption by the Company would be at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal balance being redeemed, together with any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
Principal and interest on the 2029 Notes were not subject to acceleration, except upon certain bankruptcy-related events. The 2029 Notes were unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company and ranked junior in right of payment to the Company’s current and future senior indebtedness and to the Company’s obligations to its general creditors. The 2029 Notes were obligations of the Company only and were not obligations of, and were not guaranteed by, any of the Company’s subsidiaries. The 2029 Notes were intended to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.
During the second quarter of 2024, we repurchased $5.0 million in principal amount of our 2029 Notes. On December 30, 2024, we redeemed the remaining $20.0 million in principal amount in full accordance with their terms at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but excluding the December 30, 2024 redemption date.
Stockholders’ Equity
Stockholders’ equity was $301.1 million at December 31, 2025, an increase of $59.8 million, or 24.8%, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily attributable to the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, discussed above, net income for fiscal year 2025, a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to an increase in the fair value of the Bank’s AFS securities portfolio, partially offset by $4.3 million in dividends declared on common stock, $2.3 million for share repurchases, and $1.1 million in dividends declared on the Series A Preferred Stock.
Results of Operations
Performance Summary
| As of and for the year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||
| Net income |
$ | 22,904 | $ | 20,252 | $ | 16,678 | ||||||
| Net income available to common shareholders |
21,848 | 20,252 | 16,678 | |||||||||
| Diluted earnings per common share |
2.13 | 2.04 | 1.69 | |||||||||
| Performance Ratios |
||||||||||||
| Return on average assets |
0.83 | % | 0.73 | % | 0.60 | % | ||||||
| Return on average common equity |
8.45 | 8.60 | 7.63 | |||||||||
| Book value per common share |
$ | 27.63 | $ | 24.55 | $ | 23.26 | ||||||
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Net interest income, our principal source of earnings, is the difference between the interest income generated by earning assets and the total interest cost of the deposits and borrowings obtained to fund those assets. Factors affecting the level of net interest income include the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, yields earned on loans and investments and rates paid on deposits and other borrowings, the level of nonperforming loans, the amount of noninterest-bearing liabilities supporting earning assets, and the interest rate environment. Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning assets.
The primary factors affecting net interest margin are changes in interest rates, competition, and the shape of the interest rate yield curve. The Federal Reserve Board sets various benchmark rates, including the federal funds target rate, and thereby influences the general market rates of interest, including the deposit and loan rates offered by financial institutions. During 2024, beginning in September, the Federal Reserve reduced the federal funds target rate three times by 100 basis points on a cumulative basis to 4.25% to 4.50% where it remained until September 2025. During 2025, beginning in September, the Federal Reserve reduced the federal funds target rate three times by 75 basis points on a cumulative basis to 3.50% to 3.75%, where it remained as of March 16, 2026. Accordingly, the prevailing federal funds target rate during year ended December 31, 2025 was lower than during the year ended December 31, 2024. For additional discussion, see Certain Events That Affect Year-over-Year Comparability – Changing Inflation and Interest Rates.
2025 vs. 2024. Net interest income increased 15.8% to $80.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $69.8 million for the same period in 2024. Net interest margin was 3.07% for the year ended December 31, 2025, an increase of 44 basis points from 2.63% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in net interest income resulted primarily from a lower average balance of short-term borrowings and a lower average balance of, and a decrease in the rates paid on, time deposits, partially offset by a lower average balance of loans and an increase in the average balance of, and rates paid on, interest-bearing demand deposits. Average short-term borrowings decreased $149.8 million, as we repaid our borrowings under the BTFP, which along with lower rates paid, resulted in a $7.4 million decrease in interest expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average time deposits decreased $34.4 million, which along with lower rates paid, resulted in a $6.0 million decrease in interest expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average loans decreased $36.6 million in accordance with our strategy to optimize the balance sheet, which, partially offset by higher loan yields, resulted in a $1.8 million decrease in interest income compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average interest-bearing demand deposits increased $126.8 million, which, combined with an increase in rates, resulted in a $4.2 million increase in interest expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average brokered time deposits were $237.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $249.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, which along with lower rates paid resulted in a $1.9 million decrease in interest expense compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $15.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. Rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased primarily as a result of the overall decrease in prevailing interest rates and our strategy to optimize the balance sheet. Our yield on interest-earning assets increased due to an increase in yield on loans and the investment securities portfolio.
Interest income was $144.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $143.9 million for the same period in 2024. Loan interest income made up substantially all of our interest income for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, although interest on investment securities contributed 10.2% of interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest on our commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and 1-4 family residential real estate loans constituted the three largest components of our loan interest income for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 at 85% of total interest income on loans. The overall yield on interest-earning assets increased four basis points to 5.47% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 5.43% for the same period in 2024. The loan portfolio yielded 5.96% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 5.94% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in yield on our loan portfolio was driven primarily by higher yields on commercial real estate loans and multifamily loans. In addition, the yield on the investment portfolio was 3.23% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2.86% for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Interest expense was $63.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, a decrease of $10.9 million compared to interest expense of $74.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. A decrease in interest expense of $6.0 million resulted from a decrease in the volume of interest-bearing liabilities, primarily short-term borrowings and time deposits partially offset by an increase in volume of interest-bearing demand deposits and long-term debt. A decrease in interest expense of $4.9 million resulted from the decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, primarily time deposits and brokered time deposits, partially offset by an increase in the cost of interest-bearing demand deposits. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $56.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, as average short-term borrowings decreased by $149.8 million while average interest-bearing deposits increased by $126.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 34 basis points to 3.04% primarily due to lower prevailing market interest rates. As previously discussed, the federal funds target rate decreased during 2025 to 3.50% to 3.75%, which affects the rate the Company pays for deposits, immediately available overnight funds, and long-term borrowings. We increased rates on our interest-bearing demand deposits during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the to the year ended December 31, 2024 to attract and retain lower cost deposits relative to higher cost short-term borrowings. The cost of short-term borrowings decreased 139 basis points to 3.19% primarily due to our payoff of our borrowings under the BTFP during the year ended December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 44 basis points to 3.11% compared to the same period in 2024.
Average Balances and Yields. The following table sets forth average balance sheet data, including all major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, together with the interest earned or paid and the average yield or rate paid on each such category as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Averages presented below are daily averages (dollars in thousands).
| As of and for the year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest |
Interest |
Interest |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Average | Income/ | Yield/ | Average | Income/ | Yield/ | Average | Income/ | Yield/ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance |
Expense(1) |
Rate(1) |
Balance |
Expense(1) |
Rate(1) |
Balance |
Expense(1) |
Rate(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans |
$ | 2,126,514 | $ | 126,732 | 5.96 | % | $ | 2,163,161 | $ | 128,498 | 5.94 | % | $ | 2,123,234 | $ | 117,892 | 5.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Taxable |
402,353 | 11,940 | 2.97 | 399,855 | 11,047 | 2.76 | 447,442 | 12,372 | 2.76 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax-exempt |
51,648 | 2,743 | 5.31 | 29,930 | 1,249 | 4.17 | 22,051 | 693 | 3.14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-earning balances with banks |
54,308 | 2,601 | 4.79 | 56,851 | 3,071 | 5.40 | 38,561 | 2,244 | 5.82 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-earning assets |
2,634,823 | 144,016 | 5.47 | 2,649,797 | 143,865 | 5.43 | 2,631,288 | 133,201 | 5.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and due from banks |
27,109 | 25,890 | 29,142 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Intangible assets |
41,434 | 42,006 | 42,695 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other assets |
98,856 | 95,391 | 86,712 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses |
(26,746 | ) | (28,933 | ) | (30,242 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets |
$ | 2,775,476 | $ | 2,784,151 | $ | 2,759,595 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deposits: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits |
$ | 819,182 | $ | 18,188 | 2.22 | % | $ | 692,390 | $ | 14,024 | 2.03 | % | $ | 688,786 | $ | 8,941 | 1.30 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits |
2,464 | 109 | 4.44 | 455 | 22 | 4.76 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits |
135,716 | 1,447 | 1.07 | 130,553 | 1,418 | 1.09 | 134,817 | 534 | 0.40 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Brokered time deposits |
237,294 | 10,983 | 4.63 | 249,668 | 12,878 | 5.16 | 163,873 | 8,224 | 5.02 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Time deposits |
710,610 | 27,141 | 3.82 | 745,002 | 33,168 | 4.45 | 699,648 | 24,373 | 3.48 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing deposits |
1,905,266 | 57,868 | 3.04 | 1,818,068 | 61,510 | 3.38 | 1,687,124 | 42,072 | 2.49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Short-term borrowings(2) |
40,118 | 1,282 | 3.19 | 189,912 | 8,699 | 4.58 | 260,730 | 12,845 | 4.93 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Long-term debt |
87,751 | 4,093 | 4.66 | 81,152 | 3,903 | 4.81 | 82,844 | 3,764 | 4.54 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities |
2,033,135 | 63,243 | 3.11 | 2,089,132 | 74,112 | 3.55 | 2,030,698 | 58,681 | 2.89 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
445,929 | 430,433 | 489,175 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other liabilities |
22,407 | 28,986 | 21,220 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity |
274,005 | 235,600 | 218,502 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
$ | 2,775,476 | $ | 2,784,151 | $ | 2,759,595 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income/net interest margin |
$ | 80,773 | 3.07 | % | $ | 69,753 | 2.63 | % | $ | 74,520 | 2.83 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) |
Interest income and net interest margin are expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets outstanding for the indicated periods and are not presented on a tax equivalent basis. Interest expense is expressed as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities for the indicated periods. |
|
| (2) | For additional information, see Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition – Borrowings. |
Nonaccrual loans were included in the computation of average loan balances but carry a zero yield. The yields include the effect of loan fees of $2.0 million, $1.7 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
Volume/Rate Analysis. The following tables set forth a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 and the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| Year ended December 31, 2025 vs. |
||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||
| Volume |
Rate |
Net(1) |
||||||||||
| Interest income: |
||||||||||||
| Loans |
$ | (2,177 | ) | $ | 411 | $ | (1,766 | ) | ||||
| Securities: |
||||||||||||
| Taxable |
69 | 824 | 893 | |||||||||
| Tax-exempt |
906 | 588 | 1,494 | |||||||||
| Interest-earning balances with banks |
(137 | ) | (333 | ) | (470 | ) | ||||||
| Total interest-earning assets |
(1,339 | ) | 1,490 | 151 | ||||||||
| Interest expense: |
||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits |
2,569 | 1,595 | 4,164 | |||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits |
95 | (8 | ) | 87 | ||||||||
| Savings deposits |
56 | (27 | ) | 29 | ||||||||
| Brokered time deposits |
(638 | ) | (1,257 | ) | (1,895 | ) | ||||||
| Time deposits |
(1,531 | ) | (4,496 | ) | (6,027 | ) | ||||||
| Short-term borrowings |
(6,861 | ) | (556 | ) | (7,417 | ) | ||||||
| Long-term debt |
317 | (127 | ) | 190 | ||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities |
(5,993 | ) | (4,876 | ) | (10,869 | ) | ||||||
| Change in net interest income |
$ | 4,654 | $ | 6,366 | $ | 11,020 | ||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2024 vs. |
||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2023 |
||||||||||||
| Volume |
Rate |
Net(1) |
||||||||||
| Interest income: |
||||||||||||
| Loans |
$ | 2,217 | $ | 8,389 | $ | 10,606 | ||||||
| Securities: |
||||||||||||
| Taxable |
(1,316 | ) | (9 | ) | (1,325 | ) | ||||||
| Tax-exempt |
248 | 308 | 556 | |||||||||
| Interest-earning balances with banks |
1,064 | (237 | ) | 827 | ||||||||
| Total interest-earning assets |
2,213 | 8,451 | 10,664 | |||||||||
| Interest expense: |
||||||||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits |
47 | 5,036 | 5,083 | |||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits |
22 | — | 22 | |||||||||
| Savings deposits |
(17 | ) | 901 | 884 | ||||||||
| Brokered time deposits |
4,305 | 349 | 4,654 | |||||||||
| Time deposits |
1,580 | 7,215 | 8,795 | |||||||||
| Short-term borrowings |
(3,489 | ) | (657 | ) | (4,146 | ) | ||||||
| Long-term debt |
(77 | ) | 216 | 139 | ||||||||
| Total interest-bearing liabilities |
2,371 | 13,060 | 15,431 | |||||||||
| Change in net interest income |
$ | (158 | ) | $ | (4,609 | ) | $ | (4,767 | ) | |||
| (1) |
Changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated entirely to rate. |
Noninterest Income
We expect to continue to develop new products that generate noninterest income, and enhance our existing products, in order to diversify our revenue sources. The following table illustrates the primary components of noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| For the Years Ended December 31, |
Increase (Decrease) |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
$ |
% | |||||||||||||
| Noninterest income: |
||||||||||||||||
| Service charges on deposit accounts |
$ | 3,256 | $ | 3,241 | $ | 15 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||
| Gain (loss) on call or sale of investment securities, net |
18 | (753 | ) | 771 | 102.4 | |||||||||||
| (Loss) gain on sale or disposition of fixed assets, net |
(8 | ) | 427 | (435 | ) | (101.9 | ) | |||||||||
| Gain on sale of other real estate owned, net |
29 | 683 | (654 | ) | (95.8 | ) | ||||||||||
| Interchange fees |
1,574 | 1,615 | (41 | ) | (2.5 | ) | ||||||||||
| Income from BOLI |
1,985 | 4,886 | (2,901 | ) | (59.4 | ) | ||||||||||
| Change in the fair value of equity securities |
261 | 413 | (152 | ) | (36.8 | ) | ||||||||||
| Income from legal settlement |
— | 1,122 | (1,122 | ) | (100.0 | ) | ||||||||||
| Other operating income |
2,348 | 2,571 | (223 | ) | (8.7 | ) | ||||||||||
| Total noninterest income |
$ | 9,463 | $ | 14,205 | $ | (4,742 | ) | (33.4 | )% | |||||||
2025 vs. 2024. Total noninterest income decreased $4.7 million, or 33.4%, to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was mainly attributable to nonrecurring items occurring during the year ended December 31, 2024. We recorded $3.1 million in income from BOLI for the receipt of death benefit proceeds during the year ended December 31, 2024. There was also $1.1 million of income from legal settlement recorded for the year ended December 31, 2024 related to a lending relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida. During the first quarter of 2024, we recorded a $0.4 million gain on sale or disposition of fixed assets as a result of the closure of one branch in the Alabama market.
Service charges on deposit accounts include maintenance fees on accounts, account enhancement charges for additional deposit account features, per item charges, overdraft fees, and treasury management charges. Service charges on deposit accounts increased 0.5% to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $3.2 million for the same period in 2024.
There was a de minimis gain on call or sale of investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to a $0.8 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2024. We sold no securities during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $18.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.
There was a de minimis gain on sale of other real estate owned for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to a $0.7 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2024. We sold approximately $3.1 million of other real estate owned during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $2.1 million of sales during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Interchange fees, which are fees earned on the usage of the Bank’s credit and debit cards, decreased $41,000, or 2.5%, to $1.6 million for year ended December 31, 2025 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in interchange fees can primarily be attributed to the decrease in the volume of debit and credit card transactions.
Income from BOLI decreased $2.9 million to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we received BOLI death benefit proceeds totaling $5.5 million and recorded $3.1 million in nontaxable income from BOLI. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we purchased $7.5 million in BOLI policies, which resulted in increased interest earning on our BOLI policies.
Other operating income includes, among other things, credit card, ATM and wire fees, derivative fee income, changes in the net asset value of other investments and lease income. The $0.2 million decrease in other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily attributable to a $0.6 million decrease in the change in net asset value of other investments and a $0.2 million decrease in derivative fee income, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in distributions from other investments and $0.3 million of insurance proceeds received in the second quarter of 2025 for damages to a property recorded in other real estate owned.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense includes salaries and employee benefits and other costs associated with the conduct of our operations. Our goal is to manage our costs within the framework of our operating strategy of generating consistent, quality earnings.
The following table illustrates the primary components of noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| For the Years Ended December 31, |
Increase (Decrease) |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
$ |
% | |||||||||||||
| Noninterest expense: |
||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 2,792 | $ | 3,095 | $ | (303 | ) | (9.8 | )% | |||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits |
40,228 | 38,615 | 1,613 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||
| Occupancy |
2,667 | 2,576 | 91 | 3.5 | ||||||||||||
| Data processing |
3,456 | 3,611 | (155 | ) | (4.3 | ) | ||||||||||
| Marketing |
429 | 370 | 59 | 15.9 | ||||||||||||
| Professional fees |
2,076 | 1,797 | 279 | 15.5 | ||||||||||||
| Gain on early extinguishment of subordinated debt |
— | (292 | ) | 292 | 100.0 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition expense |
1,036 | — | 1,036 | — | ||||||||||||
| Other operating expenses |
13,057 | 13,260 | (203 | ) | (1.5 | ) | ||||||||||
| Total noninterest expense |
$ | 65,741 | $ | 63,032 | $ | 2,709 | 4.3 | % | ||||||||
2025 vs. 2024. Total noninterest expense was $65.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, an increase of $2.7 million, or 4.3%, from $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by increases in salaries and employee benefits and acquisition expense, partially offset by decreases in depreciation and amortization and other operating expenses.
Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.6 million, or 4.2%, to $40.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase in salaries and employee benefits was primarily due to investment in people with an emphasis on our Texas markets to remix and strengthen our balance sheet and an increase in health insurance claims, partially offset by a decrease in deferred compensation expense. As of December 31, 2025, we had 319 full-time and eight part-time employees, compared to 327 full-time and eight part-time employees as of December 31, 2024.
Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.3 million, or 9.8%, to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in depreciation and amortization was primarily driven by the closure of one branch during the first quarter of 2024.
Data processing decreased $0.2 million, or 4.3%, to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $3.6 million for the same period in 2024. We did not complete any acquisitions, which typically drive higher data processing expenses, during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. We regularly review existing contracts with the goal of negotiating favorable terms to offset the increased variable cost components of our data processing costs, such as new accounts and increased transaction volume.
Occupancy expense increased $0.1 million, or 3.5%, to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to utilities and insurances expense.
Acquisition expense increased to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to none for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was attributable to the acquisition of WFB completed on January 1, 2026.
Other operating expenses include security, business development, FDIC and OCC assessments, bank shares and property taxes, collection and repossession, charitable contributions, repair and maintenance costs, personnel training and development, filing fees, and other costs related to the operation of our business. Other operating expenses decreased $0.2 million, or 1.5%, to $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 from $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The decrease in other operating expenses was primarily due to decreases in collection and repossession expenses and FDIC assessments, partially offset by increases in write-down of other real estate owned and bank shares taxes.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $5.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were 17.9% and 17.0%, respectively. During the first quarter of 2024, we surrendered approximately $8.4 million of BOLI contracts and reinvested the proceeds in higher yielding policies, which resulted in $0.3 million of income tax expense. The restructuring had an expected earn-back period of just over one year. During the fourth quarter of 2024, we received BOLI death benefit proceeds totaling $5.5 million and recorded $3.1 million in nontaxable income from BOLI.
For the year ended December 31, 2025, the effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to tax-exempt interest income earned on certain loans and investment securities and income from BOLI. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate of 21% primarily due to tax-exempt interest income earned on certain loans and investment securities and income from BOLI, partially offset by the surrender of BOLI contracts.
On July 4, 2025, the OBBBA, which contains a broad range of tax reform provisions affecting businesses, was signed into law. The OBBBA did not have a significant impact on 2025 income tax expense.
Risk Management
The primary risks associated with our operations are credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Higher inflation also presents risks. Credit, inflation and interest rate risk are discussed below, while liquidity risk is discussed in this section under the heading Liquidity and Capital Resources below.
Credit Risk and the Allowance for Credit Losses
General. The risk of loss should a borrower default on a loan is inherent in any lending activity. Our portfolio and related credit risk are monitored and managed on an ongoing basis by our risk management department, the Board’s loan committee and the full Board. We utilize a ten-point risk-rating system, which assigns a risk grade to each borrower based on a number of quantitative and qualitative factors associated with a loan transaction. The risk grade categorizes the loan into one of five risk categories, based on information about the ability of borrowers to service the debt. The information includes, among other factors, current financial information about the borrower, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends. These categories assist management in monitoring our credit quality. The risk categories, which are consistent with the definitions used in guidance promulgated by federal banking regulators are Pass (grades 1-6), Special Mention (grade 7), Substandard (grade 8), Doubtful (grade 9) and Loss (grade 10). For additional information, see Note 3. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses – Credit Quality Indicators.
At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no loans classified as Loss or Doubtful, $38.1 million and $32.7 million, respectively, of loans classified as Substandard, and $9.7 million and $7.8 million, respectively, of loans classified as Special Mention. Of our aggregate $47.8 million and $40.5 million Substandard and Special Mention loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, $1.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, were acquired and marked to fair value at the time of their acquisition. The increase in loans classified as Substandard was primarily due to two relationships in which $9.7 million of commercial real estate loans were downgraded and are still accruing.
An independent loan review is conducted annually, whether internally or externally, on at least 40% of commercial loans utilizing a risk-based approach designed to maximize the effectiveness of the review. Internal loan review is independent of the loan underwriting and approval process. In addition, credit analysts periodically review certain commercial loans to identify negative financial trends related to any one borrower, any related groups of borrowers or an industry. All loans not categorized as pass are put on an internal watch list, with quarterly reports to the Board. In addition, a written status report is maintained by our special assets division for all commercial loans categorized as Substandard or worse. We use this information in connection with our collection efforts.
If our collection efforts are unsuccessful, collateral securing loans may be repossessed and sold or, for loans secured by real estate, foreclosure proceedings initiated. The collateral is sold at public auction for fair market value (based upon recent appraisals), with fees associated with the foreclosure being deducted from the sales price. The purchase price is applied to the outstanding loan balance. If the loan balance is greater than the sales proceeds, the deficient balance is charged off.
Allowance for Credit Losses. We account for the ACL in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 326, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (“ASC 326”), which uses the CECL accounting methodology. The CECL methodology requires that lifetime expected credit losses be recorded at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired and be adjusted each period through a provision for credit losses for changes in the expected lifetime credit losses. The ACL was $26.3 million at December 31, 2025, a decrease compared to $26.7 million at December 31, 2024. We maintain a separate ACL on unfunded loan commitments, which is included in “Accrued taxes and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The ACL is generally increased by the provision for credit losses and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the reversal of credit losses was $3.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The reversal of credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily due to a $3.3 million recovery during the first quarter of 2025 of loans previously charged off as a result of a property insurance settlement related to one loan relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida. The reversal of credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by a decrease in total loans, aging of existing loans, an improvement in the economic forecast and, to a lesser extent, the completion of our annual CECL allowance model recalibration, which resulted in lower historical loss rates.
We complete our annual model recalibration process in the first quarter of each year. Our annual review includes peer group analysis, updates to our probability of default and loss-given default models, including prepayment and curtailment assumptions, and qualitative factor scorecard ranges, as needed. The changes resulting from the model recalibration reduced the ACL by approximately $0.5 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Refer to Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses for further discussion of our ACL accounting policy. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Estimates” for further discussion.
The following table presents the allocation of the ACL by loan category as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for Credit Losses |
% of Loans in each Category to Total Loans |
Allowance for Credit Losses | % of Loans in each Category to Total Loans | Allowance for Credit Losses | % of Loans in each Category to Total Loans | |||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 1,327 | 6.8 | % | $ | 1,145 | 7.3 | % | $ | 2,471 | 8.6 | % | ||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
6,053 | 17.3 | 5,603 | 18.7 | 9,129 | 18.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
1,814 | 6.0 | 1,185 | 4.0 | 1,124 | 4.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland |
6 | 0.2 | 8 | 0.3 | 2 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
11,388 | 41.9 | 11,759 | 44.4 | 10,691 | 42.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
5,680 | 27.4 | 6,933 | 24.8 | 6,920 | 24.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
81 | 0.4 | 88 | 0.5 | 203 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 26,349 | 100 | % | $ | 26,721 | 100 | % | $ | 30,540 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
The following table presents the amount of the ACL allocated to each loan category as a percentage of total loans as of the dates indicated.
| December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
0.06 | % | 0.05 | % | 0.11 | % | ||||||
| 1-4 Family |
0.28 | 0.26 | 0.41 | |||||||||
| Multifamily |
0.08 | 0.06 | 0.05 | |||||||||
| Farmland |
— | — | — | |||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
0.52 | 0.55 | 0.49 | |||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
0.26 | 0.33 | 0.31 | |||||||||
| Consumer |
0.01 | 0.01 | 0.01 | |||||||||
| Total |
1.21 | % | 1.26 | % | 1.38 | % | ||||||
As discussed above, the balance in the ACL is principally influenced by the provision for (reversal of) credit losses and by net loan loss experience. Additions to the allowance are charged to the provision for credit losses. Losses are charged to the allowance as incurred and recoveries on losses previously charged to the allowance are credited to the allowance at the time recovery is collected.
The table below reflects the activity in the ACL and key ratios for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands).
| Year ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses at beginning of period |
$ | 26,721 | $ | 30,540 | $ | 24,364 | ||||||
| ASC 326 adoption impact(1) |
— | — | 5,865 | |||||||||
| Reversal of credit losses on loans(2) |
(3,774 | ) | (3,191 | ) | (1,964 | ) | ||||||
| Net recoveries (charge-offs) |
3,402 | (628 | ) | 2,275 | ||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses at end of period |
$ | 26,349 | $ | 26,721 | $ | 30,540 | ||||||
| Total loans - period end |
2,175,973 | 2,125,084 | 2,210,619 | |||||||||
| Nonaccrual loans - period end |
9,259 | 8,824 | 5,770 | |||||||||
| Key Ratios: |
||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to total loans - period end |
1.21 | % | 1.26 | % | 1.38 | % | ||||||
| Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans - period end |
284.6 | % | 302.8 | % | 529.3 | % | ||||||
| Nonaccrual loans to total loans - period end |
0.43 | % | 0.42 | % | 0.26 | % | ||||||
| (1) |
On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASC 326, which introduced a new model known as CECL. | |
| (2) | For the year ended December 31, 2025, the $3.4 million reversal of credit losses on the consolidated statement of income includes a $3.8 million reversal of loan losses and a $0.4 million provision for unfunded loan commitments. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the $3.5 million reversal of credit losses on the consolidated statement of income includes a $3.2 million reversal of loan losses and a $0.3 million reversal of credit losses on unfunded loan commitments. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the $2.0 million reversal of credit losses on the consolidated statement of income includes a $2.0 million reversal of loan losses and a $36,000 reversal of credit losses on unfunded loan commitments. |
The ACL to total loans decreased to 1.21% at December 31, 2025 compared to 1.26% at December 31, 2024, and the ACL to nonaccrual loans ratio decreased to 284.6% at December 31, 2025 from 302.8% at December 31, 2024. The decrease in the ACL to total loans at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 was primarily due to an increase in total loans, aging of existing loans and an improvement in the economic forecast. The decrease in the ACL to nonaccrual loans and the increase in nonaccrual loans to total loans was primarily due to the increase in nonaccrual loans. Nonaccrual loans were $9.3 million, or 0.43% of total loans, at December 31, 2025, an increase of $0.4 million compared to $8.8 million, or 0.42% of total loans, at December 31, 2024.
The following table presents the allocation of net (charge-offs) recoveries by loan category for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands).
| Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2023 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net (Charge-offs) Recoveries | Average balance |
Ratio of Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans |
Net (Charge-offs) Recoveries | Average balance |
Ratio of Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans |
Net (Charge-offs) Recoveries |
Average balance |
Ratio of Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans on real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development |
$ | 6 | $ | 138,658 | (0.00 | )% | $ | 291 | $ | 169,406 | (0.17 | )% | $ | 75 | $ | 200,691 | (0.04 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family |
21 | 387,241 | (0.01 | ) | (235 | ) | 408,297 | 0.06 | (24 | ) | 410,320 | 0.01 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily |
— | 114,043 | — | — | 96,791 | — | — | 86,668 | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland |
1 | 5,333 | (0.02 | ) | 36 | 7,486 | (0.48 | ) | — | 9,206 | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
3,321 | 932,075 | (0.36 | ) | — | 956,318 | — | 2,219 | 961,617 | (0.23 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
128 | 539,129 | (0.02 | ) | (615 | ) | 513,564 | 0.12 | 171 | 442,299 | (0.04 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
(75 | ) | 10,035 | 0.75 | (105 | ) | 11,299 | 0.93 | (166 | ) | 12,433 | 1.34 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 3,402 | $ | 2,126,514 | (0.16 | )% | $ | (628 | ) | $ | 2,163,161 | 0.03 | % | $ | 2,275 | $ | 2,123,234 | (0.11 | )% | |||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs reflect the realization of losses in the portfolio that were recognized previously through the provision for credit losses. Net charge-offs include recoveries of amounts previously charged off. Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2025 were $3.4 million, or 0.16% of the average loan balance. Net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2024 were $0.6 million, equal to 0.03% of the average loan balance for the period. Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2025 were primarily the result of a property insurance settlement related to a loan relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2024 were primarily attributable to a charge-off on one $0.7 million commercial and industrial loan relationship.
Management believes the ACL at December 31, 2025 is sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses in our portfolio. However, there can be no assurance that this allowance will prove to be adequate over time to cover ultimate losses in connection with our loans. This ACL may prove to be inadequate due to many factors, including those set forth under Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements at the beginning of this document and in Item 1A. Risk Factors. These factors could cause deterioration in credit quality that could lead us to increase our ACL in future periods. Our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected to the extent that the ACL is insufficient to cover such changes or events.
Nonperforming assets. Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned. Nonperforming loans are those on which the accrual of interest has stopped or loans that are contractually 90 days past due and accruing. Loans are ordinarily placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal and interest is delinquent for 90 days or more. Additionally, management may elect to continue the accrual when the estimated net available value of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance and accrued interest. It is our policy to discontinue the accrual of interest income on any loan for which we have reasonable doubt as to the payment of interest or principal. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower. Nonperforming loans were $9.3 million, or 0.43% of total loans, at December 31, 2025, an increase of $0.5 million compared to $8.8 million, or 0.42% of total loans, at December 31, 2024.
Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty. Occasionally, we modify loans to borrowers in financial distress by providing certain concessions, such as principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay, or a term extension, excluding covenant waivers and modification of contingent acceleration clauses, or a combination of such concessions. When principal forgiveness is provided, the amount of forgiveness is charged off against the ACL. Upon the Company’s determination that a modified loan (or portion of a loan) has subsequently been deemed uncollectible, the loan (or portion of the loan) is written off. During the years months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we did not provide any modifications under these circumstances to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.
Other Real Estate Owned. Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and real property no longer used in the Bank’s business operations. Real estate acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value at the time of foreclosure, less estimated selling cost, and any related write-down is charged to the ACL. Real property no longer used in the Bank’s business operations is recorded at the lower of its net book value or fair value at the date of transfer to other real estate owned.
For the year ended December 31, 2025, additions to other real estate owned were $1.7 million, which were driven by transfers of commercial real estate and 1-4 family loans to other real estate owned. Also during the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded a $0.4 million of write-downs of other real estate owned related to a property that was part of the loan relationship that became impaired in the third quarter of 2021 as a result of Hurricane Ida, a former branch location based on a third-party appraisal, and a 1-4 family property.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, additions to other real estate owned were $2.0 million, which were primarily driven by transfers of 1-4 family loans to other real estate owned. During the same year, we transferred land that was previously being held for a future branch location from bank premises and equipment to other real estate owned, as we did not intend to use the property for banking operations. Also during the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a $0.2 million write-down of other real estate owned primarily related to a former branch location based on a third-party appraisal.
Other real estate owned with a cost basis of $3.1 million and $2.1 million was sold during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, resulting in a de minimis net gain and a net gain of $0.7 million for the respective periods.
The following table provides details of our other real estate owned as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| 1-4 Family |
$ | 736 | $ | 1,684 | ||||
| Commercial real estate |
2,638 | 3,358 | ||||||
| Commercial and industrial |
— | 176 | ||||||
| Total other real estate owned |
$ | 3,374 | $ | 5,218 | ||||
Changes in our other real estate owned are summarized in the table below for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands).
| Year ended | Year ended | |||||||
| December 31, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Balance, beginning of period |
$ | 5,218 | $ | 4,438 | ||||
| Additions |
1,687 | 1,975 | ||||||
| Transfers from bank premises and equipment |
— | 424 | ||||||
| Sales of other real estate owned |
(3,097 | ) | (1,386 | ) | ||||
| Write-downs |
(434 | ) | (233 | ) | ||||
| Balance, end of period |
$ | 3,374 | $ | 5,218 | ||||
Please refer to Note 4. Other Real Estate Owned, for additional information.
Swap Contracts. The Bank historically has entered into interest rate swap contracts, some of which have been forward starting, to manage exposure against the variability in the expected future cash flows (future interest payments) attributable to changes in the 1-month SOFR associated with the forecasted issuances of 1-month fixed rate debt arising from a rollover strategy. An interest rate swap is an agreement whereby one party agrees to pay a fixed rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period of time, from a second party. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no current or forward starting interest rate swap agreements. For additional information, see Note 12. Derivative Financial Instruments.
The Company also enters into interest rate swap contracts that allow commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. Under these agreements, the Company enters into a variable-rate loan agreement with a customer in addition to an interest rate swap agreement, which serves to effectively swap the customer’s variable-rate loan into a fixed-rate loan. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges and changes in fair value are recognized through earnings. As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings. The Company did not recognize any net impact in other income resulting from fair value adjustments during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we had notional amounts of $180.8 million and $186.9 million, respectively, in interest rate swap contracts with customers and $180.8 million and $186.9 million, respectively, in offsetting interest rate swap contracts with other financial institutions. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair values of the swap contracts consisted of gross assets of $11.7 million and $17.2 million, respectively, and gross liabilities of $11.7 million and $17.2 million, respectively, recorded in “Other assets” and “Accrued taxes and other liabilities,” respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Impact of Inflation. Inflation reached a near 40-year high in late 2021 primarily due to effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, and continued rising through June 2022. After June 2022, the rate of inflation generally declined; however, it has remained higher than the Federal Reserve’s target inflation rate of two percent. In response to higher inflation, the Federal Reserve increased the federal funds target rate during 2022 and 2023 as discussed in Certain Events That Affect Year-over-Year Comparability – Changing Inflation and Interest Rates, which generally increased the amount we earn on our interest-earning assets but also increased the amount we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities as discussed throughout this report. We believe that higher rates resulting from inflation and related factors led to constrained loan demand during 2023 and 2024 and to a lesser extent in 2025. When the rate of inflation accelerates, there is an erosion of consumer and customer purchasing power. Accordingly, if the rate of inflation accelerates in the future, this could impact our business by reducing our tolerance for extending credit, and our customer’s desire to obtain credit, or causing us to incur additional provisions for credit losses resulting from a possible increased default rate. Inflation and related higher rates have led and may continue to lead to lower loan re-financings. Inflation has also increased and may continue to increase the costs of goods and services we purchase, including the costs of salaries and benefits. As noted above, we are monitoring changes and potential changes to U.S. tariff and trade policies that could have an adverse impact on inflation and economic growth, at least in the near term, and which make forecasting difficult.
As also noted above, the rate of inflation generally declined after June 2022. In response, from September 2024 to December 2024, the Federal Reserve reduced the federal funds target rate by 100 basis points to 4.25% to 4.50%. During 2025, beginning in September 2025, the Federal Reserve reduced the federal funds target rate three times by 75 basis points on a cumulative basis to 3.50% to 3.75%, where it remained as of March 16, 2026. The inflationary outlook in the U.S. remains uncertain. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may lead to, among other things, prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates, lower rates on new loans, lower rates on existing variable rate loans and lower yields on investment securities, which may be offset by lower costs of interest-bearing liabilities. If interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Significant fluctuations in interest rates makes our business and balance sheet more challenging to manage. For additional information, see Interest Rate Risk below, and Item 1A. Risk Factors – Risks Related to our Business – Changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our profitability and – Inflation and rising prices may continue to adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Interest Rate Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Since the majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit activities. A sudden and substantial change in interest rates may adversely impact our earnings and profitability because the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent, or on the same basis. Accordingly, our ability to proactively structure the volume and mix of our assets and liabilities to address anticipated changes in interest rates, as well as to react quickly to such fluctuations, can significantly impact our financial results. To that end, management actively monitors and manages our interest rate risk exposure.
The ALCO has been authorized by the Board to implement our asset/liability management policy, which establishes guidelines with respect to our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, liquidity, loan limits as a percentage of funding sources, exposure to correspondent banks and brokers and reliance on non-core deposits. The goal of the policy is to enable us to maximize our interest income and maintain our net interest margin without exposing the Bank to excessive interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Within that framework, the ALCO monitors our interest rate sensitivity and makes decisions relating to our asset/liability composition.
Net interest income simulation is the Bank’s primary tool for benchmarking near term earnings exposure. Given the ALCO’s objective to understand the potential risk and volatility embedded within the current mix of assets and liabilities, standard rate scenario simulations assume total assets remain static (i.e. no growth). The Bank may also use a standard gap report in its interest rate risk management process. The primary use for the gap report is to provide supporting detailed information to the ALCO’s discussion.
The Bank has particular concerns with the utility of the gap report as a risk management tool because of difficulties in relating gap directly to changes in net interest income. Hence, the income simulation is the key indicator for earnings-at-risk since it expressly measures what the gap report attempts to estimate.
Short term interest rate risk management tactics are decided by the ALCO where risk exposures exist out into the one to two-year horizon. Tactics are formulated and presented to the ALCO for discussion, modification, and/or approval. Such tactics may include asset and liability acquisitions of appropriate maturities in the cash market, loan and deposit product/pricing strategy modification, and derivatives hedging activities to the extent such activity is authorized by the Board.
Since the impact of rate changes due to mismatched balance sheet positions in the short-term can quickly and materially affect the current year’s income statement, they require constant monitoring and management.
Within the gap position that management directs, we attempt to structure our assets and liabilities to minimize the risk of either a rising or falling interest rate environment. We manage our gap position for time horizons of one month, two months, three months, four to six months, seven to twelve months, 13-24 months, 25-36 months, 37-60 months and more than 60 months. The goal of our asset/liability management is for the Bank to maintain a net interest income at risk in an up or down 100 basis point environment at less than (5)%. At December 31, 2025, the Bank was within the policy guidelines for asset/liability management.
The following table depicts the estimated impact on net interest income of immediate changes in interest rates at the specified levels for the periods presented.
| As of December 31, 2025 |
|||
| Estimated |
|||
| Changes in Interest Rates |
Increase/Decrease in |
||
| (in basis points) |
Net Interest Income (1) |
||
| +300 | 0.4 | % | |
| +200 | 0.2 | % | |
| +100 | 0.4 | % | |
| -100 | 0.7 | % | |
| -200 | 1.2 | % | |
| -300 | 1.6 | % | |
| (1) |
The percentage change in this column represents the projected net interest income for 12 months on a static balance sheet in a stable interest rate environment versus the projected net interest income in the various rate scenarios. |
The computation of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes requires numerous assumptions regarding characteristics of new business and the behavior of existing positions. These business assumptions are based upon our experience, business plans and published industry experience. Key assumptions include asset prepayment speeds, competitive factors, the relative price sensitivity of certain assets and liabilities, and the expected life of non-maturity deposits. However, there are a number of factors that influence the effect of interest rate fluctuations on us that are difficult to measure and predict. For example, a rapid drop in interest rates might cause our loans to be repaid at a more rapid pace and certain mortgage-related investments to prepay more quickly than projected. This could mitigate some of the benefits of falling rates as are expected when we are in a negatively-gapped position. Conversely, a rapid rise in rates could give us an opportunity to increase our margins and stifle the rate of repayment on our mortgage-related loans, which would increase our returns; however, we may need to increase the rates we offer to maintain or increase deposits, which would adversely impact our margins. As a result, because these assumptions are inherently uncertain, actual results will differ from simulated results.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity. Liquidity is a measure of the ability to fund loan commitments and meet deposit maturities and withdrawals in a timely and cost-effective way. Our primary sources of funds are from deposits, amortization of loans, loan prepayments and the maturities of loans, payments and maturities of investment securities and other investments and other cash flows provided from operations. Uses of funds include deposits, debt service, lease commitments, unfunded commitments, and dividends. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit outflows, loan prepayments, and borrowings are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and the competitive environment in which we operate. To minimize funding risks, we closely monitor our liquidity position through periodic reviews of maturity profiles, yield and rate behaviors, and loan and deposit forecasts. Excess short-term liquidity is usually invested in overnight federal funds sold.
Our core deposits, which are deposits excluding brokered demand deposits, brokered time deposits, and time deposits greater than $250,000 are our most stable source of liquidity to meet our cash flow needs due to the nature of the long-term relationships generally established with our customers. Maintaining the ability to acquire these funds as needed in a variety of markets, and within ALCO compliance targets, is essential to ensuring our liquidity. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, 68% of our total assets, were funded by core deposits.
Our investment portfolio is another alternative for meeting our cash flow requirements. Investment securities generate cash flow through principal payments and maturities, and they generally have readily available markets that allow for their conversion to cash. At December 31, 2025, 88% of our investment securities portfolio was classified as AFS, and we had gross unrealized losses in our AFS investment securities portfolio of $46.4 million and gross unrealized gains of $1.0 million. The sale of securities in a loss position would cause us to record a loss on sale of investment securities in noninterest income in the period during which the securities were sold. Some securities are pledged to secure certain deposit types or short-term borrowings, such as FHLB advances, which impacts their liquidity. At December 31, 2025, securities with a carrying value of $75.6 million were pledged to secure certain deposits, borrowings, and other liabilities compared to $68.1 million in pledged securities at December 31, 2024.
Other sources available for meeting liquidity needs include advances from the FHLB, repurchase agreements and other borrowings. FHLB advances may be used to meet day to day liquidity needs, particularly if the prevailing interest rate on an FHLB advance compares favorably to the rates that we would be required to pay to attract deposits. At December 31, 2025, the balance of our outstanding advances with the FHLB was $116.0 million, consisting of $36.0 million short-term and $80.0 million long-term advances based on original maturity, an increase from $67.2 million, consisting of $7.2 million short-term and $60.0 million long-term advances based on original maturity, at December 31, 2024. The total amount of remaining credit available to us from the FHLB at December 31, 2025 was approximately $651.5 million. At December 31, 2025, our FHLB borrowings were collateralized by a blanket pledge of certain loans totaling approximately $934.5 million.
Repurchase agreements are contracts for the sale of securities which we own with a corresponding agreement to repurchase those securities at an agreed upon price and date. Our policies limit the use of repurchase agreements to those collateralized by certain investment securities. We had $11.2 million and $8.4 million of repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
We maintain unsecured lines of credit with First National Bankers Bank and The Independent Bankers Bank totaling $60.0 million. These lines of credit are federal funds lines of credit and are used for overnight borrowing only. There were no outstanding balances on our unsecured lines of credit at December 31, 2025 or 2024.
At December 31, 2025, we held $41.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, maintained approximately $651.5 million of available funding from FHLB advances and maintained $60.0 million in unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks, totaling $753.0 million, which represents 95% of uninsured deposits of $793.2 million at December 31, 2025.
In addition, at December 31, 2025 and 2024 we had $17.0 million in aggregate principal amount of subordinated debt outstanding. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we redeemed $20.0 million in principal amount and repurchased $8.0 million in principal amount of our subordinated debt. For additional information, see Note 10. Subordinated Debt Securities and see Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition – Borrowings above.
Our liquidity strategy is focused on using the least costly funds available to us in the context of our balance sheet composition and interest rate risk position. Accordingly, we target growth of noninterest-bearing deposits. Although we cannot directly control the types of deposit instruments our customers choose, we can influence those choices with the interest rates and deposit specials we offer. In recent periods, the proportion of our deposits represented by noninterest-bearing deposits has declined primarily due to rising market interest rates as customers have migrated to higher yielding alternatives.
At December 31, 2025, we held $204.1 million of brokered time deposits and de minimis brokered demand deposits, as defined for federal regulatory purposes. At December 31, 2024, we held $245.5 million of brokered time deposits and $47.3 million of brokered demand deposits, as defined for federal regulatory purposes. We utilize brokered time deposits to secure fixed cost funding and reduce short-term borrowings. We utilize brokered demand deposits when pricing is more favorable than other short-term borrowings. We also hold QwickRate® deposits, included in our time deposit balances, which we obtain through a qualified network, to address liquidity needs when rates on such deposits compare favorably with deposit rates in our markets. At December 31, 2025, we held $11.3 million of QwickRate® deposits, a decrease compared to $12.9 million at December 31, 2024.
The following table presents, by type, our funding sources, which consist of total average deposits and borrowed funds, as a percentage of total funds and the total cost of each funding source for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
| Percentage of Total Average Deposits and Borrowed Funds |
Cost of Funds |
|||||||||||||||
| Year ended December 31, |
Year ended December 31, |
|||||||||||||||
| 2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
18 | % | 17 | % | — | % | — | % | ||||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits |
33 | 27 | 2.22 | 2.03 | ||||||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits |
— | — | 4.44 | 4.76 | ||||||||||||
| Savings deposits |
5 | 5 | 1.07 | 1.09 | ||||||||||||
| Brokered time deposits |
10 | 10 | 4.63 | 5.16 | ||||||||||||
| Time deposits |
29 | 30 | 3.82 | 4.45 | ||||||||||||
| Short-term borrowings |
2 | 8 | 3.19 | 4.58 | ||||||||||||
| Borrowed funds |
3 | 3 | 4.66 | 4.81 | ||||||||||||
| Total deposits and borrowed funds |
100 | % | 100 | % | 2.55 | % | 2.94 | % | ||||||||
Capital Resources. Our primary sources of capital include retained earnings, capital obtained through acquisitions and proceeds from the sale of our capital stock and subordinated debt. We may issue capital stock and debt securities from time to time to fund acquisitions and support our organic growth. As noted elsewhere in this report, on July 1, 2025 we completed a private placement of Series A Preferred Stock. We used the net proceeds from the offering to support the acquisition of WFB and for general corporate purposes, including organic growth and other potential acquisitions. The Series A Preferred Stock is intended to qualify as additional Tier 1 capital. For additional information see Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition – Borrowings.
During 2025, we paid $4.2 million in dividends on our common stock, compared to $4.0 million in 2024 and $3.8 million in 2023. During 2025, we paid $0.5 million in dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, compared to none in 2024 and 2023. Our Board has authorized a share repurchase program and during 2025 we paid $2.3 million to repurchase our shares, compared to $0.3 million in 2024 and $3.0 million in 2023. The aggregate purchase price does not include the effect of excise tax expense incurred on net share repurchases. On July 19, 2023 and September 21, 2022, the Board approved an additional 350,000 shares and 300,000 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock for repurchase. At December 31, 2025, we had 381,396 shares of our common stock remaining authorized for repurchase under the program. For additional information, see Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity.
We are subject to restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. Please refer to the discussion under the heading “Supervision and Regulation – Dividends” in Item 1. Business, for more information. We are also subject to additional legal and contractual restrictions on dividends. Please refer to the discussion under the heading “Dividend Policy” in Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities and under the heading “Common Stock – Dividend Restrictions” in Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity.
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal Reserve and the OCC. These requirements are described in greater detail under the heading “Supervision and Regulation – Regulatory Capital Requirements” of Item 1. Business. Those guidelines specify capital tiers, which include the following classifications:
| Capital Tiers(1) |
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio |
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio |
Tier 1 Capital Ratio |
Total Capital Ratio |
Ratio of Tangible Equity to Total Assets |
|||||
| Well capitalized |
5% or above |
6.5% or above |
8% or above |
10% or above |
||||||
| Adequately capitalized |
4% or above |
4.5% or above |
6% or above |
8% or above |
||||||
| Undercapitalized |
Less than 4% |
Less than 4.5% |
Less than 6% |
Less than 8% |
||||||
| Significantly undercapitalized |
Less than 3% |
Less than 3% |
Less than 4% |
Less than 6% |
||||||
| Critically undercapitalized |
2% or less |
| (1) |
In order to be well-capitalized or adequately capitalized, a bank must satisfy each of the required ratios in the table. In order to be undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized, a bank would need to fall below just one of the relevant ratio thresholds in the table. In order to be well-capitalized, the Bank cannot be subject to any written agreement or order requiring it to maintain a specific level of capital for any capital measure. |
The Company and the Bank were each in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The Bank also was considered “well-capitalized” under the OCC’s prompt corrective action regulations as of these dates.
The following table presents the actual capital amounts and regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| Actual |
Minimum Capital Requirement to be Well Capitalized |
|||||||||||||||
| Amount |
Ratio |
Amount |
Ratio |
|||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 |
||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation: |
||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage) |
$ | 305,810 | 10.73 | % | $ | — | — | % | ||||||||
| Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets |
265,957 | 11.18 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets |
305,810 | 12.85 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Total capital to risk-weighted assets |
348,943 | 14.66 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Investar Bank: |
||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage) |
308,528 | 10.85 | 142,230 | 5.00 | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets |
308,528 | 13.00 | 154,291 | 6.50 | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets |
308,528 | 13.00 | 189,897 | 8.00 | ||||||||||||
| Total capital to risk-weighted assets |
334,923 | 14.11 | 237,371 | 10.00 | ||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 |
||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation: |
||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage) |
$ | 258,178 | 9.27 | % | $ | — | — | % | ||||||||
| Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets |
248,678 | 10.84 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets |
258,178 | 11.25 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Total capital to risk-weighted assets |
301,259 | 13.13 | — | — | ||||||||||||
| Investar Bank: |
||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage) |
269,733 | 9.70 | 139,092 | 5.00 | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets |
269,733 | 11.77 | 148,925 | 6.50 | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets |
269,733 | 11.77 | 183,293 | 8.00 | ||||||||||||
| Total capital to risk-weighted assets |
296,117 | 12.92 | 229,116 | 10.00 | ||||||||||||
Off-Balance Sheet Transactions
Unfunded Commitments. The Bank enters into loan commitments and standby letters of credit in the normal course of its business. Loan commitments are made to meet the financing needs of our customers, while standby letters of credit commit the Bank to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. The credit risks associated with loan commitments and standby letters of credit are essentially the same as those involved in making loans to our customers. Accordingly, our normal credit policies apply to these arrangements. Collateral (e.g., securities, receivables, inventory, equipment, etc.) is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The credit risk associated with these commitments is evaluated in a manner similar to the ACL. The ACL on unfunded loan commitments is included in “Accrued taxes and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the ACL on unfunded loan commitments was $0.4 million and $42,000, respectively.
Loan commitments and standby letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that while the customer typically has the ability to draw upon these commitments at any time, these commitments often expire without being drawn upon in full or at all. Virtually all of our standby letters of credit expire within one year. Our unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding are summarized below as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 |
December 31, 2024 |
|||||||
| Commitments to extend credit: |
||||||||
| Loan commitments |
$ | 431,795 | $ | 377,301 | ||||
| Standby letters of credit |
5,436 | 7,658 | ||||||
The Company closely monitors the amount of remaining future commitments to borrowers in light of prevailing economic conditions and adjusts these commitments as necessary. The Company will continue this process as new commitments are entered into or existing commitments are renewed.
Additionally, at December 31, 2025, the Company had unfunded commitments of $1.5 million for its investment in SBIC qualified funds.
For each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows currently or in the future.
Lease Obligations
The Company’s primary leasing activities relate to certain real estate leases entered into in support of the Company’s branch operations. The Company’s branch locations operated under lease agreements have all been designated as operating leases. The Company does not lease equipment under operating leases, nor does it have leases designated as finance leases.
The following table presents, as of December 31, 2025, contractually obligated lease payments due under non-cancelable operating leases by payment date (dollars in thousands).
| Less than one year |
$ | 459 | ||
| One to three years |
864 | |||
| Three to five years |
560 | |||
| Over five years |
127 | |||
| Total |
$ | 2,010 |
Loan Acquisition Accounting. Financial assets acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair value, which includes an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans. The fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest prepayments, estimated payments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The information contained in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management hereof is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Shareholders and Board of Directors
Investar Holding Corporation
Baton Rouge, Louisiana
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Investar Holding Corporation (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 16, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Allowance for Credit Losses
As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) was $26.3 million at December 31, 2025. As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company developed a CECL methodology that calculates expected credit losses over the life of the portfolio by analyzing the composition, characteristics, and quality of the loan portfolio, as well as prevailing economic conditions and forecasts. The Company’s CECL calculation estimates loan losses using a combination of discounted cash flow and remaining life analyses. The ACL is measured on a pool basis when similar risk characteristics exist. For each pool of loans, the Company evaluates and applies qualitative adjustments to the calculated ACL based on several factors, including changes in current and expected future economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, changes in levels of concentrations, changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, changes in lending policies and personnel, changes in the competitive and regulatory environment of the banking industry and changes in other external factors.
We identified the evaluation of the qualitative adjustment related to changes in other external factors in connection with the measurement of the allowance for credit losses as a critical audit matter. The Company’s evaluation and application of qualitive adjustments related to changes in other external factors to the calculated ACL for each pool of loans required significant judgment due to the complexity and subjectivity in determining these factors. Auditing these factors involved especially subjective and complex judgment due to the nature and extent of effort required.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
| • | Testing the design and operating effectiveness of certain controls associated with the review and approval of the selected qualitative factors. | |
| • | Assessing the consistency of management’s application of its underlying framework for determining the qualitative adjustment. | |
| • | Assessing the reasonableness of management’s adjustments for changes in other external factors by comparing to data from external sources. |
Classification of Series A Preferred Stock
As described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, in July 2025, the Company completed a private placement of newly designated Series A Preferred Stock for proceeds of $32.5 million. Subject to certain conditions, the Company may redeem shares of Series A Preferred Stock after a specific date. Upon the occurrence of specified “Reorganization Events”, each share of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event will be entitled to receive distributions. The Series A Preferred Stock was recorded in permanent equity within the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025.
We identified the classification the Series A Preferred Stock issued in July 2025 as a critical audit matter. Significant judgment was involved in determining whether the Series A Preferred Stock should be recorded in permanent equity based on consideration of the terms of the preferred stock regarding redemption at the option of the Company and distributions upon Reorganization Events. Auditing these elements involved especially challenging and complex auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit effort required to address these matters.
The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included:
| • | Reading and analyzing the relevant agreements to identify relevant terms and conditions that affect the classification of the Series A Preferred Stock. | |
| • | With the assistance of professionals in our firm having expertise in the relevant technical accounting, we evaluated the Company’s conclusions that the Series A Preferred Stock should be recorded in permanent equity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America. |
/s/
(formerly HORNE LLP)
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
March 16, 2026
INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Cash and due from banks | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest-bearing balances due from other banks | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | ||||||||
| Available for sale securities at fair value (amortized cost of $ and $, respectively) | ||||||||
| Held to maturity securities at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $ and $, respectively) | ||||||||
| Loans | ||||||||
| Less: allowance for credit losses | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Loans, net | ||||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||
| Nonmarketable equity securities | ||||||||
| Bank premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $ and $, respectively | ||||||||
| Other real estate owned, net | ||||||||
| Accrued interest receivable | ||||||||
| Deferred tax asset | ||||||||
| Goodwill and other intangible assets, net | ||||||||
| Bank owned life insurance | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||
| Deposits: | ||||||||
| Noninterest-bearing | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest-bearing | ||||||||
| Total deposits | ||||||||
| Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank | ||||||||
| Repurchase agreements | ||||||||
| Subordinated debt, net of unamortized issuance costs | ||||||||
| Junior subordinated debt | ||||||||
| Accrued taxes and other liabilities | ||||||||
| Total liabilities | ||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 19) | ||||||||
| STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
| Preferred stock, par value per share; shares authorized; % Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock; shares ($ liquidation preference) issued and outstanding at December 31, 2025 and issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 | ||||||||
| Common stock, $ par value per share; shares authorized; and shares issued and outstanding, respectively | ||||||||
| Surplus | ||||||||
| Retained earnings | ||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | ||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| INTEREST INCOME | ||||||||||||
| Interest and fees on loans | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Interest on investment securities | ||||||||||||
| Taxable | ||||||||||||
| Tax-exempt | ||||||||||||
| Other interest income | ||||||||||||
| Total interest income | ||||||||||||
| INTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||||||
| Interest on deposits | ||||||||||||
| Interest on borrowings | ||||||||||||
| Total interest expense | ||||||||||||
| Net interest income | ||||||||||||
| Reversal of credit losses | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net interest income after reversal of credit losses | ||||||||||||
| NONINTEREST INCOME | ||||||||||||
| Service charges on deposit accounts | ||||||||||||
| Gain (loss) on call or sale of investment securities, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| (Loss) gain on sale or disposition of fixed assets, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Gain (loss) on sale of other real estate owned, net | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Gain on sale of loans | ||||||||||||
| Servicing fees and fee income on serviced loans | ||||||||||||
| Interchange fees | ||||||||||||
| Income from bank owned life insurance | ||||||||||||
| Change in the fair value of equity securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Income from legal settlement | ||||||||||||
| Other operating income | ||||||||||||
| Total noninterest income | ||||||||||||
| Income before noninterest expense | ||||||||||||
| NONINTEREST EXPENSE | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||||||
| Salaries and employee benefits | ||||||||||||
| Occupancy | ||||||||||||
| Data processing | ||||||||||||
| Marketing | ||||||||||||
| Professional fees | ||||||||||||
| Gain on early extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Acquisition expense | ||||||||||||
| Other operating expenses | ||||||||||||
| Total noninterest expense | ||||||||||||
| Income before income tax expense | ||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | ||||||||||||
| Net income | ||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividends declared | ||||||||||||
| Net income available to common shareholders | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE | ||||||||||||
| Basic earnings per common share | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Diluted earnings per common share | ||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands)
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Net income | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): | ||||||||||||
| Investment securities: | ||||||||||||
| Unrealized gain (loss), available for sale, net of tax expense (benefit) of $, ($), and $, respectively | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Reclassification of realized (gain) loss, available for sale, net of tax (expense) benefit of ($), $, and $, respectively | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Total other comprehensive income (loss) | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Total comprehensive income | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
| Preferred Stock | Common Stock | Surplus | Retained Earnings | Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income | Total Stockholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, January 1, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Cumulative effect of adoption of ASC 326, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Surrendered shares | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Shares repurchased | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock dividends declared, $ per share | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income, net | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2023 | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Surrendered shares | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Shares repurchased | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock dividends declared, $ per share | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive loss, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2024 | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Surrendered shares | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Shares repurchased | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Options exercised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock dividends declared, $ per share | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividends declared, $ per share | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income, net | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities | ||||||||||||
| Net income | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | ||||||||||||
| Reversal of credit losses | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net amortization (accretion) of purchase accounting adjustments | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Provision for other real estate owned | ||||||||||||
| Net accretion of securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| (Gain) loss on call or sale of investment securities, net | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Loss (gain) on sale or disposition of fixed assets, net | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| (Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned, net | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Gain on sale of loans | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Gain on early extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| FHLB stock dividend | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||
| Deferred taxes | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net change in value of BOLI | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Gain on BOLI death benefit proceeds | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Amortization of subordinated debt issuance costs | ||||||||||||
| Change in the fair value of equity securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net change in: | ||||||||||||
| Accrued interest receivable | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Other assets | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Accrued taxes and other liabilities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | ||||||||||||
| Cash flows from investing activities | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of securities available for sale | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Purchases of securities held to maturity | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of investment securities available for sale | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from maturities, prepayments and calls of investment securities held to maturity | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from redemption or sale of nonmarketable equity securities | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of nonmarketable equity securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Purchases of equity securities at fair value | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Net (increase) decrease in loans | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of fixed assets | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of loans | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Purchases of fixed assets | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Purchases of BOLI | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Proceeds from surrender of BOLI | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from BOLI death benefits | ||||||||||||
| Purchases of other investments | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Distributions from investments | ||||||||||||
| Cash paid for branch sale to First Community Bank, net of cash received | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION |
| CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, CONTINUED |
| (Amounts in thousands) |
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities | ||||||||||||
| Net increase in customer deposits | ||||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in repurchase agreements | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in short-term FHLB advances | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in borrowings under the BTFP | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances | ||||||||||||
| Repayment of long-term FHLB advances | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Cash dividends paid on common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Payments to repurchase common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds from stock options exercised | ||||||||||||
| Proceeds from preferred stock offering, net of issuance costs | ||||||||||||
| Cash dividends paid on preferred stock | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | ||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION | ||||||||||||
| Cash payments for: | ||||||||||||
| Interest on deposits and borrowings | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
| Income taxes total | ||||||||||||
| Federal | ||||||||||||
| State | ||||||||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||||||
| Transfer from loans to other real estate owned | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Transfer from bank premises and equipment to other real estate owned | ||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
Investar Holding Corporation is a financial holding company headquartered in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, that provides, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investar Bank, National Association, full banking services, excluding trust services, tailored primarily to meet the needs of individuals, professionals, and small to medium-sized businesses throughout its markets in south Louisiana, Texas and Alabama.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of Investar Holding Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, have been prepared in conformity with GAAP and to generally accepted practices within the banking industry. Prior period consolidated financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current period presentation. No reclassifications of prior period balances were material to the consolidated financial statements.
Segment Reporting
The Company determined that all of its banking operations serve a similar customer base, offer similar products and services, and are managed through similar processes. Therefore, the Company’s banking operations are aggregated into
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the ACL. While management uses available information to recognize credit losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, changes in conditions of borrowers’ industries or changes in the condition of individual borrowers. Because of these factors, it is reasonably possible that the ACL may change materially in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.
Other estimates that are susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses, the fair value of stock-based compensation awards, the determination of an ACL for investment securities, and the fair value of financial instruments and goodwill.
A changing interest rate environment, elevated levels of inflation and changing U.S. trade and tariff policies have made certain estimates more challenging, including those discussed above.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from banks and federal funds sold due to the short-term nature of these items.
Investment Securities
The Company classifies and accounts for its investment securities as follows:
| • | HTM Securities: bonds, notes, and debentures for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for premiums and discounts that are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. |
| • | AFS Securities: consist of bonds, notes, and debentures that are available to meet the Company’s operating needs. These securities are reported at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, on AFS securities are reported as a net amount in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Realized gains and losses on the sale of AFS securities are determined using the specific identification method.
For AFS securities that are in an unrealized loss position at the balance sheet date, the Company first assesses whether or not it intends to sell the security, or more likely than not will be required to sell the security, before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either criteria is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through net income. If neither criteria is met, the Company evaluates whether any portion of the decline in fair value is the result of credit deterioration. If the evaluation indicates that a credit loss exists, an ACL is recorded through provisions for credit losses, limited by the amount by which the amortized cost exceeds fair value. Any impairment not recognized in the ACL is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). |
See “Allowance for Credit Losses” below for the accounting treatment of the allowance of credit losses for AFS and HTM securities.
Loans
The Company’s loan portfolio categories include real estate, commercial and consumer loans. Real estate loans are further categorized into construction and development, 1-4 family residential, multifamily, farmland and commercial real estate loans. The consumer loan category includes loans originated through indirect lending. Indirect lending, which is lending initiated through third-party business partners, is largely comprised of loans made through automotive dealerships.
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at the unpaid principal balance outstanding, net of purchase premiums or discounts, deferred income (net of costs), any direct principal charge-offs, and any ACL. Interest on loans is accrued based on the stated rate. Loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs, and commitment fees, are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method over the life of the loan, or over the commitment period, as applicable.
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are ordinarily placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more; however, management may elect to continue the accrual when a loan is well secured and in the process of collection. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on nonaccrual loans is reversed from interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized only to the extent that cash payments are received in excess of principal due. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower.
For loan participations, the participating interests sold are recorded as a reduction of the loan portfolio. Loan participations that do not meet the definition of a participating interest are accounted for as secured borrowings.
See “Acquisition Accounting” below for accounting treatment of loans acquired through business acquisitions.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The ACL represents the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets accounted for on an amortized cost basis. Expected losses at the reporting date are calculated based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The lifetime expected credit losses are recorded at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired and adjusted each period as a provision for credit losses for changes in expected lifetime credit losses. The Company developed a CECL model methodology that calculates expected credit losses over the life of the portfolio by analyzing the composition, characteristics and quality of the loan and securities portfolios, as well as prevailing economic conditions and forecasts. The Company’s CECL calculation estimates loan losses using a combination of discounted cash flow and remaining life analyses, which is a type of loss rate methodology that uses an average loss rate and applies it to future expected outstanding balances of the pool. To the extent the lives of the loans in the portfolio extend beyond the period for which a reasonable and supportable forecast can be made, when necessary, the model reverts back to the historical loss rates adjusted for qualitative factors related to current conditions using a four-quarter reversion period.
The ACL is measured on a pool basis when similar risk characteristics exist and is maintained at an amount which management believes is a current estimate of the expected credit losses for the full life of the relevant pool of loans and related unfunded lending commitments. For discounted cash flow modeling purposes, loan pools include: commercial and industrial, construction and development, commercial real estate (nonowner-occupied and multifamily), commercial real estate (owner-occupied), home equity lines of credit and junior liens, consumer and residential senior liens. For remaining life modeling purposes, loan pools include: agriculture and farmland, automotive, credit cards and other loans, which primarily consist of public finance. Management periodically reassesses each pool to confirm that the loans within the pool continue to share similar characteristics and risk profiles and to determine whether further segmentation is necessary. For each pool of loans, the Company evaluates and applies qualitative adjustments to the calculated ACL based on several factors, including, but not limited to, changes in current and expected future economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, changes in levels of concentrations, changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, changes in lending policies and personnel, changes in the competitive and regulatory environment of the banking industry and changes in other external factors. The loss rates computed for each pool and expected pool-level funding rates are applied to the related unfunded lending commitments to calculate an ACL.
Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with other loans are excluded from the loan pools and individually evaluated for impairment. Individually evaluated loans are loans for which it is probable that all the amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected. The ACL on loans that are individually evaluated is based on a comparison of the recorded investment in the loan with either the expected cash flows discounted using the loan’s original effective interest rate, observable market price for the loan or the fair value of the collateral underlying certain collateral dependent loans. The ACL is established after input from management as well as the risk management department and the special assets committee. For collateral dependent loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, which the Company evaluates independently from the loan pool, the expected credit loss is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the fair value of the collateral, which is generally based on third-party appraisals. Credits deemed uncollectible are charged to the ACL. Provisions for credit losses and recoveries on loans previously charged off are adjustments to the ACL.
Expected credit losses on AFS securities are recorded in an ACL when management does not intend to sell or believes that it is not more likely than not that they will be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the securities’ amortized cost basis. If management has the intent to sell or believes it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell an impaired AFS security before recovery of the amortized cost basis, the credit loss is recorded as a direct write-down of the amortized cost basis. In evaluating AFS securities in an unrealized loss position for credit losses, the Company considers the nature of the investments, the current market price, and the current interest rate environment, among other factors. Declines in the fair value of AFS securities that are not considered credit related are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.
Expected credit losses on HTM securities are recorded in an ACL and estimated using a probability of loss model based on reasonable and supportable forecasts. HTM securities are evaluated on a collective basis by security type. In evaluating HTM securities in an unrealized loss position for credit losses, the Company considers the nature of the investments, the current market price, and the current interest rate environment, among other factors.
Equity Securities
Equity securities at fair value include marketable securities in corporate stocks and mutual funds which totaled $
Nonmarketable equity securities primarily consist of FHLB stock and FRB stock. Members of the FHLB and FRB are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock and FRB stock are carried at cost, restricted as to redemption, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. Nonmarketable equity securities also include investments in other correspondent banks including Independent Bankers Financial Corporation and First National Bankers Bank stock. These investments are carried at cost which approximates fair value. The balance of nonmarketable equity securities at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $
Bank Premises and Equipment and Leases
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, with the exception of land, which is stated at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method and is charged to expense over the estimated useful lives of
The Company leases certain branch locations under operating lease agreements. The Company also leases certain office facilities to outside parties under operating lessor agreements; however, such leases are not significant. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception and, at that time, assesses appropriate classification of the lease as finance or operating. Operating leases, with the exception of short-term leases, are included in operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities in “Bank premises and equipment, net” and “Accrued taxes and other liabilities,” respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company uses the interest rate implicit in the contract, when available, or the Company’s incremental collateralized borrowing rate with similar terms based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease pre-payments made and excludes lease incentives. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease. When it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise an option to extend a lease, the extension is included in the lease term when calculating the present value of lease payments.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned includes real estate acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and real property no longer used in the Bank’s business operations. Real estate acquired through foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value at the time of foreclosure, less estimated selling cost, and any related write-down is charged to the ACL. Real property no longer used in the Bank’s business operations is recorded at the lower of its net book value or fair value at the date of transfer to other real estate owned. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and write-downs on other real estate owned are charged to expense through a valuation allowance when fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value.
Costs relative to the development and improvement of properties are capitalized to the extent realizable. The ability of the Company to recover the carrying value of real estate is based upon future sales of the other real estate owned. The ability to affect such sales is subject to market conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. Operating income and expense of such properties is included in other operating income or expense, respectively, on the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Gain or loss on the disposition of such properties is included in noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized but instead are subject to review for impairment annually, or more frequently if deemed necessary.
Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. If impaired, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value.
Bank Owned Life Insurance
The Company invests in BOLI policies on certain current and former officers and employees that provide earnings to partially offset the cost of employee benefit plans. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the life insurance policies it purchased directly on a chosen group of employees. The policies are carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at their cash surrender value and are subject to regulatory capital requirements. The determination of the cash surrender value includes a full evaluation of the contractual terms of each policy and assumes the surrender of policies on an individual-life by individual-life basis. Additionally, the Company periodically reviews the creditworthiness of the insurance companies that have underwritten the policies. Earnings accruing to the Company are derived from the general account investments of the insurance companies. Increases in the net cash surrender value of BOLI policies and insurance proceeds received upon death are not taxable and are recorded in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase agreements are secured borrowings treated as financing activities and are carried at the amounts at which the securities were sold plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements are subject to underlying agreements with master netting or similar arrangements, which provide for the right of setoff in the event of default or in the event of bankruptcy of either party to the transactions. Repurchase agreements are reported to these arrangements on a gross basis.
Stock-Based Compensation
Share-based payment awards are measured based on the fair value of the award on the grant date and recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The impact of forfeitures of share-based payment awards on compensation expense is recognized as forfeitures occur. See Note 14. Stock-Based Compensation, for further disclosures regarding stock-based compensation.
Off-Balance Sheet Credit-Related Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under credit card agreements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives executed with the same counterparty are generally subject to master netting arrangements; however, fair value amounts recognized for derivative financial instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right or obligation to reclaim or return cash collateral are not offset for financial reporting purposes.
In the course of its business operations, the Company is exposed to certain risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk. The Company manages its risks through the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily through management of exposure due to the receipt or payment of future cash amounts based on interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments manage the differences in the timing, amount and duration of expected cash receipts and payments.
Derivatives which are designated and qualify as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. For hedging relationships that are highly effective, the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings or when the hedge is terminated. If it is determined that hedge effectiveness has not been or will not continue to be highly effective, then the hedge designation ceases and any gain or loss in AOCI is recognized in earnings immediately.
Refer to Note 12. Derivative Financial Instruments, which describes the derivative instruments currently used by the Company and discloses how these derivatives impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is based on amounts reported in the consolidated statements of income after exclusion of nontaxable income such as interest income on certain loan and investment securities and income from BOLI. Also, certain items of income and expenses are recognized in different time periods for financial statement purposes than for income tax purposes. Thus, provisions for deferred taxes are recorded in recognition of such temporary differences.
Deferred taxes are determined utilizing the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the reported amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company has adopted accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions. An income tax position will be recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that it will be sustained upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service, based upon its technical merits. Once that status is met, the amount recorded will be the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense. There were
Transfer of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets in which the Company has surrendered control over the transferred assets are accounted for as sales. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been legally isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets with no conditions that constrain the transferee, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets. When a transfer is accounted for as a sale, the transferred assets are derecognized from the balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on the balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability.
Revenue Recognition
The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). The Company’s services that fall within the scope of ASC 606 are presented within noninterest income and primarily include fees from deposit accounts, merchant services, ATM and debit card fees, servicing fees, interchange fees, and other miscellaneous services and transactions.
Revenue is recognized when transactions occur or as services are performed over primarily monthly or quarterly periods, and payment is typically received in the period the transactions occur. Fees may be fixed or, where applicable, based on a percentage of transaction size. Therefore, there is limited judgment involved in applying ASC 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with customers. The Company has evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of income is not necessary.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share separately for common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, all earnings distributed and undistributed are allocated to participating securities and common shares based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities (i.e. unvested time-vested restricted stock), not subject to performance-based measures.
Earnings per common share is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by using net income available to common shareholders plus dividends declared on dilutive convertible preferred stock, divided by the sum of 1) the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation, 2) the dilutive effect of stock-based compensation using the treasury stock method, and 3) the dilutive effect of convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method. A reconciliation of the weighted average common shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 22. Earnings Per Common Share.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes net income and other comprehensive income or loss, which in the case of the Company includes unrealized gains and losses on securities, changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps, and the reclassification of realized gains and losses on AFS securities and interest rate swap terminations to net income, net of related income taxes.
Acquisition Accounting
Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Purchased assets and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value. If the consideration given exceeds the fair value of the net assets received, goodwill is recognized. If the fair value of the net assets received exceeds the consideration given, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available.
Loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. The fair value of loans acquired is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest prepayments, estimated payments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. The fair value adjustment for performing acquired loans is accreted over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. In addition, an initial ACL is estimated and recorded as provision for credit losses on loans at the acquisition date. Acquired performing loans are evaluated using a similar allowance methodology as the legacy portfolio.
Loans acquired in a business combination that have evidence of more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination are considered PCD loans. At acquisition, the CECL estimate for PCD loans is recognized through the ACL with an offset to the amortized cost basis of the PCD asset to establish the initial amortized cost basis of the PCD loans. Any difference between the amortized cost basis and the unpaid principal balance of PCD loans is considered to relate to noncredit factors, resulting in a premium or discount that is amortized to interest income over the life of the loan using the effective interest method. Subsequent changes in the ACL for PCD assets are recognized through a provision for credit losses on loans.
Treasury Stock
The Louisiana Business Corporation Act does not include the concept of treasury stock. Rather, shares purchased by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America state that accounting for treasury stock shall conform to state law. The Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 reflect this principle. The cost of shares purchased by the Company has been allocated to common stock and surplus balances.
Accounting Standards Adopted in 2025
FASB ASC Topic 740 “Income Taxes - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” Update No. 2023-09 (“ASU 2023-09”). On January 1, 2025, the Company adopted ASU 2023-09 using the retrospective method, which enhances the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 requires disclosure of additional categories of information about federal, state and foreign income taxes in the rate reconciliation table and requires companies to provide more information about the reconciling items in some categories if a quantitative threshold is met. The adoption of ASU 2023-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company provided the required disclosures in Note 16. Income Taxes.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
This section briefly describes accounting standards that have been issued, but are not yet adopted, that could impact the Company’s financial statements.
FASB ASC Topic 220 “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures: Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses” Update No. 2024-03 (“ASU 2024-03”). In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, which requires disaggregated disclosure of income statement expenses in a tabular format in the notes of the financial statements for public business entities. ASU 2024-03 is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption and retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendment and the impact on its future consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASC Topic 326 “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans.” Update No. 2025-08 (“ASU 2025-08”). In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-08, which expands the scope of the “gross‑up” method, formerly applicable only to PCD assets, to include acquired non‑PCD loans that meet certain criteria, now referred to as PSLs. Under this model, an ACL is recognized at acquisition, offsetting the loan’s amortized cost basis, thereby eliminating the day-one provision expense previously required for non‑PCD assets. PSLs are defined as non‑PCD loans acquired either (i) through a business combination, or (ii) purchased more than 90 days after origination when the acquirer was not involved in origination. ASU 2025-08 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, including interim reporting periods, and must be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted in interim or annual reporting periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. An entity that adopts the amendments in an interim reporting period may apply them as of the beginning of that interim reporting period or the beginning of the annual reporting period that includes that interim reporting period. The Company expects to early adopt ASU 2025-08 for the annual reporting period beginning on January 1, 2026. We are currently unable to reasonably estimate the impact of adopting ASU 2025-08 and will apply the guidance to loans purchased on or after January 1, 2026.
FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Hedge Accounting Improvements.” Update No. 2025-09 (“ASU 2025-09”). In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-09, which aligns hedge accounting more closely with an entity’s economic risk management practices. Key amendments include (i) to allow designating a variable price component of a nonfinancial forecasted purchase or sale as the hedged risk, (ii) to allow grouping individual forecasted transactions with similar (not identical) risk exposures, (iii) a new model for hedging forecasted interest on variable-rate debt, enabling changes in index or tenor without dedesignation, subject to simplifying assumptions, and (iv) additional clarifications related to hedge accounting of nonfinancial components, net written options, and dual-hedge strategies. ASU 2025-09 is effective on a prospective basis for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. ASU 2025-09 is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
NOTE 2. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities classified as AFS are summarized below as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gains | Gross Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gains | Gross Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
The Company calculates realized gains and losses on sales of debt securities under the specific identification method. Proceeds from sales of investment securities classified as AFS and gross gains and losses are summarized below for the periods presented (dollars in thousands).
| Twelve months ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Gross gains | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Gross losses | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | |||||
The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities classified as HTM are summarized below as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gains | Gross Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gains | Gross Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||
Securities are classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The Company had
The approximate fair value of AFS securities and unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are summarized below as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
At December 31, 2025,
The approximate fair value of HTM securities, and unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are summarized below as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Less than 12 Months | 12 Months or More | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value | Unrealized Losses | ||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized losses are generally due to changes in market interest rates. The Company has the intent to hold these securities either until maturity or a forecasted recovery, and it is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis. The unrealized losses in obligations of state and political subdivisions were caused by interest rate changes. These securities generally benefit from stable, dedicated revenue sources and a legal framework that prioritizes bondholder payments, which significantly mitigates credit risk. The unrealized losses in mortgage-backed securities were caused by interest rate changes. The Company expects to recover the amortized cost basis over the term of the securities. These securities are either guaranteed by the U.S. government or by a government sponsored enterprise and are generally considered to be risk-free. Due to the nature of the investments, current market prices, and the current interest rate environment, the Company determined that these declines were not attributable to credit losses at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment debt securities, by contractual maturity, are shown below as of December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands). Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to mortgage-backed securities whereby borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties and certain callable bonds whereby the issuer has the option to call the bonds prior to contractual maturity.
| Available for Sale | Held to Maturity | |||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Due within one year | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Due after one year through five years | ||||||||||||||||
| Due after five years through ten years | ||||||||||||||||
| Due after ten years | ||||||||||||||||
| Total debt securities | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest receivable on the Company’s investment securities was $
At December 31, 2025, securities with a carrying value of $
NOTE 3. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The Company’s loan portfolio consists of the following categories of loans as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Construction and development | $ | $ | ||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||
| Total mortgage loans on real estate | ||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | ||||||
Unamortized premiums and discounts on loans, included in the total loans balances above, were $
The tables below provide an analysis of the aging of loans as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30 - 59 Days Past Due | 60 - 89 Days Past Due | 90 Days or More Past Due | Total | > 90 Days and Accruing | |||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total mortgage loans on real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current | 30 - 59 Days Past Due | 60 - 89 Days Past Due | 90 Days or More Past Due | Total | > 90 Days and Accruing | |||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total mortgage loans on real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
The tables below provide an analysis of nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Nonaccrual with No Allowance for Credit Loss | Nonaccrual with an Allowance for Credit Loss | Total Nonaccrual Loans | ||||||||||
| Construction and development | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||
| Total mortgage loans on real estate | ||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Nonaccrual with No Allowance for Credit Loss | Nonaccrual with an Allowance for Credit Loss | Total Nonaccrual Loans | ||||||||||
| Construction and development | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||
| Total mortgage loans on real estate | ||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due. In determining whether or not a borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations for each class of loans, the borrower’s debt service capacity is considered through the analysis of current financial information, if available, and/or current information with regard to the collateral position. Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when (i) principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection or (ii) full payment of principal and interest is not expected. Loans may be placed on nonaccrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized only to the extent that cash payments are received in excess of principal due. A loan may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and payment of future principal and interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured, which is typically evidenced by a sustained period (at least six months) of repayment performance by the borrower. No material interest income was recognized in the consolidated statements of income on nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Collateral Dependent Loans
Collateral dependent loans are loans for which the repayments, on the basis of the Company’s assessment at the reporting date, are expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. Loans that do not share risk characteristics are excluded from the loan pools and evaluated on an individual basis, and the Company has determined to evaluate collateral dependent loans individually for impairment. The ACL for collateral dependent loans is measured based on the difference between the fair value of the collateral and the amortized cost basis of the asset as of the measurement date. When repayment is expected to be from the operation of the collateral, expected credit losses are calculated as the amount by which the amortized cost basis of the financial asset exceeds the present value of expected cash flows from the operation of the collateral. When repayment is expected to be from the sale of the collateral, expected credit losses are calculated as the amount by which the amortized costs basis of the financial asset exceeds the fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated cost to sell. The Company’s collateral dependent loans include all nonaccrual loans shown in the tables above at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The types of collateral that secure collateral dependent loans are discussed under “Portfolio Segment Risk Factors” below.
Portfolio Segment Risk Factors
The following describes the risk characteristics relevant to each of the Company’s loan portfolio segments.
Construction and Development - Construction and development loans are generally made for the purpose of acquisition and development of land to be improved through the construction of commercial and residential buildings. The successful repayment of these types of loans is generally dependent upon a commitment for permanent financing from the Company, or from the sale of the constructed property. These loans carry more risk than commercial or residential real estate loans due to the dynamics of construction projects, changes in interest rates, the long-term financing market, and state and local government regulations. One such risk is that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the property under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to the completion of construction. Thus, it is more difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project and to calculate related loan-to-value ratios. The Company attempts to minimize the risks associated with construction lending by limiting loan-to-value ratios as described above. In addition, as to speculative development loans, the Company generally makes such loans only to borrowers that have a positive pre-existing relationship with us. The Company manages risk by using specific underwriting policies and procedures for these types of loans and by avoiding excessive concentrations in any one business or industry. Construction and development loans are primarily secured by residential and commercial properties, which are under construction and/or redevelopment.
1-4 Family - The 1-4 family portfolio mainly consists of residential mortgage loans to consumers to finance a primary residence. The majority of these loans are secured by first liens on residential properties located in the Company’s market areas and carry risks associated with the creditworthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral and loan-to-value-ratios. The Company manages these risks through policies and procedures such as limiting loan-to-value ratios at origination, employing experienced underwriting personnel, requiring standards for appraisers, and not making subprime loans. In the third quarter of 2023, the Company exited the consumer mortgage origination business.
Multifamily - Multifamily loans are normally made to real estate investors to support permanent financing for multifamily residential income producing properties that rely on the successful operation of the property for repayment. This management mainly involves property maintenance and collection of rents due from tenants. This type of lending carries a lower level of risk, as compared to other commercial lending. In addition, underwriting requirements for multifamily properties are stricter than for other nonowner-occupied property types. The Company manages this risk by avoiding concentrations with any particular customer. Multifamily loans are primarily secured by first liens on multifamily real estate.
Farmland - Farmland loans are often for land improvements related to agricultural endeavors and may include construction of new specialized facilities. These loans are usually repaid through the conversion to permanent financing, or if scheduled loan amortization begins, for the long-term benefit of the borrower’s ongoing operations. Underwriting generally involves intensive analysis of the financial strength of the borrower and guarantor, liquidation value of the subject collateral, the associated unguaranteed exposure, and any available secondary sources of repayment, with the greatest emphasis given to a borrower’s capacity to meet cash flow coverage requirements as set forth by Bank policies. Farmland loans are primarily secured by raw land.
Commercial Real Estate - Commercial real estate loans are extensions of credit secured by owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied collateral. Underwriting generally involves intensive analysis of the financial strength of the borrower and guarantor, liquidation value of the subject collateral, the associated unguaranteed exposure, and any available secondary sources of repayment, with the greatest emphasis given to a borrower’s capacity to meet cash flow coverage requirements as set forth by Bank policies. Commercial real estate loans typically depend on the successful operation and management of the businesses that occupy these properties or the financial stability of tenants occupying the properties. Nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans typically are dependent, in large part, on the owner’s ability to rent the property and the ability of the tenants to pay rent, whereas owner-occupied commercial real estate loans typically are dependent, in large part, on the success of the owner’s business. General market conditions and economic activity may impact the performance of these types of loans, including fluctuations in the value of real estate, new job creation trends, and tenant vacancy rates. The Company attempts to limit risk by analyzing a borrower’s cash flow and collateral value on an ongoing basis. The Company also typically requires personal guarantees from the principal owners of the property, supported by a review of their personal financial statements, as an additional means of mitigating risk. The Company manages risk by avoiding concentrations in any one business or industry. Commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by retail shopping facilities, office and industrial buildings, healthcare facilities, warehouses, and various special purpose commercial properties.
Commercial and Industrial - Commercial and industrial loans receive similar underwriting treatment as commercial real estate loans in that the repayment source is analyzed to determine its ability to meet cash flow coverage requirements as set forth by Bank policies. Repayment of these loans generally comes from the generation of cash flow as the result of the borrower’s business operations. Commercial lending generally involves different risks from those associated with commercial real estate lending or construction lending. Although commercial loans may be collateralized by equipment or other business assets (including real estate, if available as collateral), the repayment of these types of loans depends primarily on the creditworthiness and projected cash flow of the borrower (and any guarantors). Thus, the general business conditions of the local economy and the borrower’s ability to sell its products and services, thereby generating sufficient operating revenue to repay us under the agreed upon terms and conditions, are the chief considerations when assessing the risk of a commercial loan. The liquidation of collateral, if any, is considered a secondary source of repayment because equipment and other business assets may, among other things, be obsolete or of limited resale value. The Company actively monitors certain financial measures of the borrower, including advance rate, cash flow, collateral value and other appropriate credit factors. Commercial and industrial loans also include public finance loans made to governmental entities, which can be taxable or tax-exempt, and are generally repaid using pledged revenue sources including income tax, property tax, sales tax, and utility revenue, among other sources. Commercial and industrial loans are primarily secured by accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.
Consumer - Consumer loans are offered by the Company in order to provide a full range of retail financial services to its customers and include auto loans, credit cards, and other consumer installment loans. Typically, the Company evaluates the borrower’s repayment ability through a review of credit scores and an evaluation of debt to income ratios. Repayment of consumer loans depends upon key consumer economic measures and upon the borrower’s financial stability and is more likely to be adversely affected by divorce, job loss, illness and personal hardships than repayment of other loans. A shortfall in the value of any collateral also may pose a risk of loss to the Company for these types of loans. Consumer loans include loans primarily secured by vehicles and unsecured loans.
Refer to Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses for loan pools used for modeling purposes, which are aggregated into the portfolio segments shown above.
Concentrations of Credit
Substantially all of the Company’s loans and commitments have been granted to customers in the Company’s market areas in south Louisiana, southeast Texas and Alabama. The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.
Credit Quality Indicators
Loans are categorized into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The following definitions are utilized for risk ratings, which are consistent with the definitions used in supervisory guidance:
Pass - Loans not meeting the criteria below are considered Pass. These loans have high credit characteristics and financial strength. The borrowers at least generate profits and cash flow that are in line with peer and industry standards and have debt service coverage ratios above loan covenants and policy guidelines. For some of these loans, a guaranty from a financially capable party mitigates characteristics of the borrower that might otherwise result in a lower grade.
Special Mention - Loans classified as Special Mention possess some credit deficiencies that need to be corrected to avoid a greater risk of default in the future. For example, financial ratios relating to the borrower may have deteriorated. Often, a Special Mention categorization is temporary while certain factors are analyzed or matters addressed before the loan is re-categorized as either Pass or Substandard.
Substandard - Loans classified as Substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or the liquidation value of any collateral. If deficiencies are not addressed, it is likely that this category of loan will result in the Bank incurring a loss. Where a borrower has been unable to adjust to industry or general economic conditions, the borrower’s loan is often categorized as Substandard.
Doubtful - Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as Substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Loss - Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as recorded assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the assets have absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off these assets.
The tables below present the Company’s loan portfolio by year of origination, category, and credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands). Loans acquired are shown in the tables by origination year. The Company had an immaterial amount of revolving loans converted to term loans at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | Prior | Revolving Loans | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total construction and development | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total 1-4 family | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total multifamily | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total farmland | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial and industrial | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Total loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | Prior | Revolving Loans | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction and development | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total construction and development | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 Family | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total 1-4 family | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||
| Multifamily | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total multifamily | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Farmland | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total farmland | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial real estate | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial and industrial | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total commercial and industrial | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total consumer | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Total loans | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Special Mention | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Substandard | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total loans | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current-period gross charge-offs | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||||||||||
The Company had no loans that were classified as Doubtful or Loss at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.
Loan Participations and Sold Loans
Loan participations and whole loans sold to and serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the balances of which were $
Loans to Related Parties
In the ordinary course of business, the Company makes loans to related parties including its executive officers, directors and their immediate family members, as well as to companies in which these individuals are principal owners. Loans outstanding to such related party borrowers amounted to approximately $
The table below shows the aggregate principal balance of loans to such related parties for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | $ | $ | ||||||
| New loans/changes in relationship | ||||||||
| Repayments/changes in relationship | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | $ | ||||||
Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company made the accounting policy election to exclude accrued interest receivable from the amortized cost of loans and the estimate of the ACL. Accrued interest receivable on the Company’s loans was $
The table below shows a summary of the activity in the ACL for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| ASC 326 adoption impact(1) | ||||||||||||
| Reversal of credit losses on loans(2) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Recoveries | ||||||||||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| (1) | On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASC 326, which introduced a new model known as CECL. | |
| (2) | For the year ended December 31, 2025, the $ |
The reversal of credit losses on loans for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily due to a $
The following tables outline the activity in the ACL by collateral type for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, and show both the allowance and portfolio balances for loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction & Development | 1-4 Family | Multifamily | Farmland | Commercial Real Estate | Commercial & Industrial | Consumer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on loans | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Recoveries | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans receivable: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total period-end balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction & Development | 1-4 Family | Multifamily | Farmland | Commercial Real Estate | Commercial & Industrial | Consumer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on loans | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Recoveries | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans receivable: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total period-end balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction & Development | 1-4 Family | Multifamily | Farmland | Commercial Real Estate | Commercial & Industrial | Consumer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| ASC 326 adoption impact | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on loans | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Charge-offs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Recoveries | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending allowance balance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans receivable: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans individually evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance of loans collectively evaluated for impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total period-end balance | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty
Occasionally, the Company modifies loans to borrowers in financial distress by providing certain concessions, such as principal forgiveness, an interest rate reduction, an other-than-insignificant payment delay, a term extension, or a combination of such concessions. Modifications that do not impact the contractual payments terms, such as covenant waivers, modification of a contingent acceleration clauses, and insignificant payment delays are not included in the disclosures. When principal forgiveness is provided, the amount of forgiveness is charged off against the ACL. Upon the Company’s determination that a modified loan (or portion of a loan) has subsequently been deemed uncollectible, the loan (or portion of the loan) is written off. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company did not provide any modifications under these circumstances to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the amount of loans that were modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty was immaterial.
NOTE 4. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
The table below shows the activity in other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| Year ended | Year ended | |||||||
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | $ | $ | ||||||
| Additions | ||||||||
| Transfers from bank premises and equipment | ||||||||
| Sales of other real estate owned | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Write-downs | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | $ | ||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2025, additions to other real estate owned were driven by transfers of commercial real estate and 1-4 family loans to other real estate owned. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded $
For the year ended December 31, 2024, additions to other real estate owned were primarily driven by transfers of 1-4 family loans to other real estate owned. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company transferred one piece of land that was previously being held for a future branch location from “Bank premises and equipment, net” to “Other real estate owned, net” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as the Company did not intend to use the property for banking operations. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a $
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, approximately $
NOTE 5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Bank premises and equipment consisted of the following as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Land | $ | $ | ||||||
| Buildings and improvements | ||||||||
| Furniture and equipment | ||||||||
| Software | ||||||||
| Construction-in-progress | ||||||||
| ROU assets | ||||||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Bank premises and equipment, net | $ | $ | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization related to bank premises and equipment charged to noninterest expense was approximately $
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized a loss of $
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company closed
NOTE 6. LEASES
The Company’s primary leasing activities relate to certain real estate leases entered into in support of the Company’s branch operations. The Company’s lease agreements under which its branch locations are operated have all been designated as operating leases. The Company does not lease equipment under operating leases, nor does it have leases designated as finance leases.
Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which the Company has elected to account for separately, as the non-lease component amounts are readily determinable.
Quantitative information regarding the Company’s operating leases is presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Total operating lease cost(1) | $ | $ | ||||||
| Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) | ||||||||
| Weighted average discount rate | % | % | ||||||
| (1) | Short-term lease cost was immaterial for the periods presented. |
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s operating lease were $
Future obligations due under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2025 are presented below (dollars in thousands).
| 2026 | $ | |||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| 2030 | ||||
| Thereafter | ||||
| Total lease payments | ||||
| Less: imputed interest | ( | ) | ||
| Total lease obligations | $ |
At December 31, 2025, the Company had not entered into any material leases that have not yet commenced.
The Bank owns its corporate headquarters building, the first floor of which is occupied by multiple tenants. The Bank, as lessor, also leases a portion of one of its branch locations. All tenant leases are operating leases. The Bank, as lessor, recognized lease income of $
On January 27, 2023, the Bank completed the sale of certain assets, deposits and other liabilities associated with the Alice and Victoria, Texas branch locations to First Community Bank. Upon the completion of the sale, the Bank recorded $
NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The Company’s intangible assets consist of goodwill, core deposit intangible assets arising from acquisitions, and a trademark intangible. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, “Goodwill and other intangible assets, net” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets totaled $
The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $
The Company reviews the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at least annually, or more frequently if certain impairment indicators exist. The Company performed its annual impairment testing on October 31, 2025 and determined that there was no impairment to its goodwill or trademark intangible asset.
Core deposit intangibles have finite lives and are being amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Gross carrying amount | $ | $ | ||||||
| Accumulated amortization | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Net carrying amount | $ | $ | ||||||
Amortization expense for the core deposit intangible assets recorded in “Depreciation and amortization” in the accompanying consolidated statements of income totaled approximately $
The estimated remaining amortization expense for the Company’s core deposit intangible assets is displayed in the table below (dollars in thousands). The weighted average amortization period remaining for core deposit intangibles is
| 2026 | $ | |||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| 2030 | ||||
| Thereafter | ||||
| $ |
NOTE 8. DEPOSITS
Deposits consisted of the following as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Noninterest-bearing demand deposits | $ | $ | ||||||
| Interest-bearing demand deposits | ||||||||
| Money market deposits | ||||||||
| Brokered demand deposits | ||||||||
| Savings deposits | ||||||||
| Brokered time deposits | ||||||||
| Time deposits | ||||||||
| Total deposits | $ | $ | ||||||
The approximate scheduled maturities of time deposits, including brokered time deposits, for each of the next five years are shown below (dollars in thousands).
| 2026 | $ | |||
| 2027 | ||||
| 2028 | ||||
| 2029 | ||||
| 2030 | ||||
| $ |
The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $250,000 or more at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was approximately $
Public funds deposits as of December 31, 2025 totaled approximately $
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, total deposits outstanding to executive officers, directors and to companies in which they are principal owners amounted to approximately $
NOTE 9. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
The Company utilizes securities sold under agreements to repurchase to facilitate the needs of customers and to facilitate secured short-term funding needs. Repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The Company monitors collateral levels on a continuous basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. Securities pledged as collateral under repurchase agreements are maintained with the Company’s safekeeping agents.
Repurchase agreements mature on a daily basis. The total balance of repurchase agreements was $
For additional information about the Company’s repurchase agreements, including the gross presentation, the effects of offsetting, and a net presentation, refer to Note 12. Derivative Financial Instruments.
NOTE 10. SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES
On April 6, 2022, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers (the “Purchasers”) under which the Company issued $
The 2032 Notes have a stated maturity date of April 15, 2032 and bear interest at a fixed rate of
Principal and interest on the 2032 Notes are subject to acceleration only in limited circumstances in the case of certain bankruptcy and insolvency-related events. The 2032 Notes are the unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Company and rank junior in right of payment to current and future senior indebtedness and to obligations to its general creditors. The 2032 Notes are intended to qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company repurchased $
On November 12, 2019, the Company issued and sold $
During the second quarter of 2024, the Company repurchased $
The carrying value of subordinated debt was $
NOTE 11. OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
FHLB advances and weighted average interest rates at the end of the period by contractual maturity are summarized as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| Amount | Weighted Average Rate | |||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||
| Fixed rate advances maturing: | ||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | $ | $ | % | % | ||||||||||||
| 2026 | ||||||||||||||||
| 2028 | ||||||||||||||||
| $ | $ | % | % | |||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2025, these advances are collateralized by a blanket pledge of certain loans totaling approximately $
Borrowings Under Bank Term Funding Program
On March 12, 2023, the Federal Reserve established the BTFP. The BTFP was a one-year program which provided additional liquidity through borrowings with a term of up to one year secured by the pledging of certain qualifying securities and other assets, valued at par value. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had
Lines of Credit
The Company has outstanding unsecured lines of credit with its correspondent banks available to assist in the management of short-term liquidity. Any balances drawn on these lines of credit mature daily. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the available balance on the unsecured lines of credit totaled approximately $
Junior Subordinated Debt
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures (dollars in thousands).
| Face Value | Carrying Value | Maturity Date | Variable Interest Rate | Interest Rate at December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| BOJ Bancshares Statutory Trust I | $ | $ | December 2034 |
| % | |||||||||||
| Cheaha Statutory Trust I | September 2035 |
| ||||||||||||||
| First Community Louisiana Statutory Trust I | June 2036 |
| ||||||||||||||
| $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
These debentures are unsecured obligations due to trusts that are unconsolidated subsidiaries. The debentures were issued in conjunction with the trusts’ issuances of obligated capital securities. The trusts used the proceeds from the issuances of their capital securities to buy floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures that bear the same interest rate and terms as the capital securities. These debentures are the trusts’ only assets and the interest payments from the debentures finance the distributions paid on the capital securities. These debentures rank junior and are subordinate in the right of payment to all other debt of the Company.
As part of the purchase accounting adjustments made with the BOJ Bancshares Inc. acquisition on December 1, 2017, and with the Cheaha Financial Group, Inc. acquisition on April 1, 2021, the Company adjusted the carrying value of the junior subordinated debentures to fair value as of the respective acquisition date. The discounts on the debentures will continue to be amortized through maturity and recognized as a component of interest expense.
The debentures may be called by the Company at par plus any accrued interest. Interest on the debentures is calculated quarterly. The distribution rate payable on the capital securities is cumulative and payable quarterly in arrears. The Company has the right to defer payments of interest on the debentures at any time by extending the interest payment period for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters with respect to each deferral period, provided that no extension period may extend beyond the redemption or maturity date of the debentures.
The debentures are included on the consolidated balance sheets as liabilities; however, for regulatory purposes, the carrying values of these obligations are eligible for inclusion in Tier I regulatory capital, subject to certain limitations. The total carrying values of $
NOTE 12. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
As part of its liability management, the Company has historically utilized pay-fixed interest rate swaps to manage exposure against the variability in the expected future cash flows (future interest payments) attributable to changes in the 1-month SOFR associated with the forecasted issuances of 1-month fixed rate debt arising from a rollover strategy. To mitigate credit risk, securities were pledged to the Company by the counterparties in an amount greater than or equal to the gain position of the derivative contracts. Conversely, securities were pledged to the counterparties by the Company in an amount greater than or equal to the loss position of the derivative contracts, if applicable. There were assets or liabilities recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024 associated with the swap contracts, other than interest rate swaps related to customer loans, described below.
Customer Derivatives – Interest Rate Swaps
The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. The Company then enters into a corresponding swap agreement with a third party in order to economically hedge its exposure through the customer agreement. The interest rate swaps with both the customers and third parties are not designated as hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” and changes in fair value are recognized in other operating income. As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however, there may be fair value adjustments related to credit quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” The Company did recognize any gains or losses in other operating income resulting from fair value adjustments of these swap agreements during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
The table below presents the notional amounts and fair values of the Company's derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Notional(1) | Derivative Assets(2) | Derivative Liabilities(2) | ||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| (1) | At December 31, 2025 the Company had notional amounts of $ | |
| (2) | Derivative assets and liabilities are reported at fair value in “Other assets” and “Accrued taxes and other liabilities,” respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. |
The table below presents the gross presentation, the effects of offsetting, and a net presentation of the Company’s derivative financial instruments and securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (dollars in thousands). For additional information regarding the Company’s repurchase agreements see Note 9. Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase.
| Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross Amounts Recognized | Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets | Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets | Financial Instruments | Cash Collateral(1) | Net Amount | |||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | ) | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| (1) | The Company had |
NOTE 13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation
On June 30, 2025, the Company filed the Articles of Amendment with the Louisiana Secretary of State, which became effective as of June 30, 2025, amending the Company’s Restated Articles by establishing and designating the newly authorized Series A Preferred Stock initially consisting of
Series A Preferred Stock
The Company’s Restated Articles give the Company’s Board the authority to issue up to
On July 1, 2025, the Company completed a private placement of
The relative preferences, rights and limitations of the Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in the Company’s Restated Articles. Pursuant to the Restated Articles, holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if authorized by the Board, on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly cash dividends at an annual rate equal to
If the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, each holder will be entitled to receive, before any distribution of assets or proceeds is made to holders of the Company’s common stock, cash liquidating distributions in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the liquidation preference of $
The Securities Purchase Agreements contain representations and warranties, covenants, and indemnification provisions that are customary for private placements of shares of convertible preferred stock by companies that have securities registered with the SEC. In connection with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreements, the Company and each of the purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed at its expense, subject to certain exceptions, to file with the SEC a registration statement to register the resale of the shares of the Company’s common stock issuable to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock upon conversion thereof. The Company’s obligation to have an effective registration statement covering the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the Series A Preferred Stock continues until such securities (i) are sold or otherwise transferred under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) cease to be outstanding, (iii) are transferred in a transaction in which the purchaser’s rights are not assigned to the transferee of the securities, (iv) are sold in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), or (v) become eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions under Rule 144 (or any successor rule then in effect) and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information requirement under Rule 144.
The Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 with the SEC on September 2, 2025, registering the resale from time to time by the stockholders named therein of the shares of Company common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on September 17, 2025.
Common Stock
The Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation give the Company’s Board the authority to issue up to
In addition, the Company repurchased
Dividend Restrictions. In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from the Bank to provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareholders and to provide for other cash requirements. Banking regulations may limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Company. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of the dividend would cause the regulatory capital of the Bank to fall below specified minimum levels. Approval is also required if dividends declared exceed the net profits for that year combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. Further, a national bank may not pay a dividend in excess of its undivided profits.
Pursuant to the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation, subject to certain exceptions, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends on common stock unless full dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock’s most recently completed dividend period have been declared and paid on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
Under the terms of the junior subordinated debentures, assumed through acquisition, the Company has the right at any time during the term of the debentures to defer the payment of interest. In the event that the Company elects to defer interest on the debentures, it may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its common stock or purchase or acquire any of its common stock.
Under the terms of the Company’s 2032 Notes, the Company is prohibited from paying dividends upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default under such notes.
These restrictions do not, and are not expected in the future to, materially limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on common stock to its shareholders in an amount consistent with the Company’s history of paying dividends.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Activity within the balances in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net is shown in the table below (dollars in thousands).
| AFS Securities | ||||
| Balance, December 31, 2022 | $ | ( | ) | |
| Change in unrealized gain, net | ||||
| Reclassification of realized loss, net | ||||
| Balance, December 31, 2023 | ( | ) | ||
| Change in unrealized loss, net | ( | ) | ||
| Reclassification of realized loss, net | ||||
| Balance, December 31, 2024 | ( | ) | ||
| Change in unrealized gain, net | ||||
| Reclassification of realized gain, net | ( | ) | ||
| Balance, December 31, 2025 | $ | ( | ) | |
NOTE 14. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Equity Incentive Plan. The Company’s Amended and Restated 2017 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) authorizes the grant of various types of equity awards, such as restricted stock, RSUs, stock options and stock appreciation rights to eligible participants, which include all of the Company’s employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. The Plan has reserved a total of
Stock Options
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did grant any stock options. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company granted
The table below summarizes the Company’s stock option activity for the periods indicated.
| Shares | Weighted Average Price | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) | ||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2022 | $ | |||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2025 | $ | |||||||||||
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the aggregate difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair market value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options having an exercise price lower than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock. At December 31, 2025, the shares underlying outstanding and exercisable stock options had intrinsic values of $
The Company uses a Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates various subjective assumptions, including expected term and expected volatility. Expected volatility was determined based on the historical volatilities of the Company’s stock price. Stock option expense of $
The table below shows the assumptions used for the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | ||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | ||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | % | ||||||
| Expected term (in years) | ||||||||
| Weighted average grant date fair value | $ | $ | ||||||
Restricted Stock Units
The Company grants time-vested RSUs to its non-employee directors and certain officers, with vesting terms ranging from years to years. RSUs represent the right to receive shares of the Company’s common stock in the future upon vesting of the award. RSUs do not have voting rights and do not receive dividends or dividend equivalents. Compensation expense for RSUs is determined based on the market price of the Company’s common stock at the grant date and is applied to the total number of units granted and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of generally years for employees and, through the end of 2024, years for non-employee directors. Beginning on January 1, 2025, grants of RSUs to non-employee directors generally vest over a period of years. Upon vesting of RSUs, the benefit of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense is reflected as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of income.
The Company granted a total of
The Company granted a total of
The Company granted a total of
Compensation expense related to restricted stock and RSUs included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income for each of the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $
The following table summarizes the restricted stock and RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
| December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | Shares | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | Shares | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Forfeited | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Earned and issued | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
NOTE 15. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Insurance
Defined Contribution Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which covers employees over the age of who have completed months of credited service, as defined by the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to defer a percentage of their salaries subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. The Company makes matching contributions up to
The 401(k) Plan also allows for discretionary Company contributions in the form of cash or Company stock. Contributions in the form of Company stock are held in a portion of the 401(k) Plan that qualifies as an employee stock ownership plan. The Company did make any Company stock contributions during years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The discretionary components vest in increments of
Deferred Compensation
The Bank has entered into SCAs with certain officers of the Company. The SCAs represent unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The SCAs between the Bank and each officer, as supplemented if applicable, provide that the officer shall receive annual payments of a fixed amount upon attaining the age of with such payments payable monthly over a period of
The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for a former employee of Citizens Bank, a liability assumed in the Citizens Bank acquisition in 2017. Under the deferred compensation agreement, the former employee will receive monthly payments of $
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had a liability of $
NOTE 16. INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense is displayed in the table below for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Current federal income tax expense | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Current state income tax expense | ||||||||||||
| Deferred federal income tax expense | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Total income tax expense | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
A reconciliation between reported income tax expense and the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of to income before income taxes is presented in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||||
| Federal income tax based on statutory rate | $ | % | $ | % | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| State taxes, net of federal income tax effects(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Nontaxable or nondeductible items: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tax-exempt interest | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| BOLI impact | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||||||
| Other | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other | ( | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total income tax expense and effective tax rate, as reported | $ | % | $ | % | $ | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | For the years presented, Alabama comprises the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category. |
The Company records deferred income tax on the tax effect of changes in timing differences.
The net deferred tax asset was comprised of the following items as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | |||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | ||||||||
| Depreciation | $ | ( | ) | $ | ( | ) | ||
| FHLB stock dividend | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Basis difference in acquired assets and liabilities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Operating lease ROU asset | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Other | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Gross deferred tax liability | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Deferred tax assets: | ||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses | ||||||||
| Unrealized loss on AFS securities | ||||||||
| Deferred compensation | ||||||||
| Basis difference in acquired assets and liabilities | ||||||||
| Employee and director stock awards | ||||||||
| Operating lease liability | ||||||||
| Unearned loan fees | ||||||||
| Other | ||||||||
| Gross deferred tax asset | ||||||||
| Net deferred tax asset | $ | $ | ||||||
The Company files income tax returns under U.S. federal jurisdiction and the states of Alabama, Florida, Texas and Louisiana, although the state of Louisiana does not assess an income tax on income resulting from banking operations. The Company is open to examination in the U.S. and the states of Louisiana, Alabama, and Florida for tax years ended December 31, 2022 through December 31, 2025; and Texas for tax years ended December 31, 2021 through December 31, 2025.
NOTE 17. FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices or exit prices. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows, and the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instruments. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
Fair Value Hierarchy
The Company groups its financial assets and financial liabilities in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded, and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.
Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.
Level 2 – Valuation is based upon observable inputs other than quoted prices included in level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 – Valuation is based upon unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs, as well as an entity’s own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
A financial instrument’s categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of assets and liabilities valued on a recurring basis:
AFS Investment Securities and Marketable Equity Securities – Where quoted prices are available in an active market, the Company classifies the securities within level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Securities are defined as both long and short positions. Level 1 securities include marketable equity securities in corporate stocks and mutual funds.
If quoted market prices are not available, the Company estimates fair values using pricing models and discounted cash flows that consider standard input factors such as observable market data, benchmark yields, interest rate volatilities, broker/dealer quotes, and credit spreads. Examples of such instruments, which would generally be classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy if observable inputs are available, include obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations, obligations of state and political subdivisions, corporate bonds, residential mortgage-backed securities, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, the Company classifies those securities in level 3.
Management monitors the current placement of securities in the fair value hierarchy to determine whether transfers between levels may be warranted based on market reference data, which may include reported trades; bids, offers or broker/dealer quotes; benchmark yields and spreads; as well as other reference data. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the majority of the Company’s level 3 investments were obligations of state and political subdivisions. The Company estimated the fair value of these level 3 investments using discounted cash flow models, the key inputs of which are the coupon rate, current spreads to the yield curves, and expected repayment dates, adjusted for illiquidity of the local municipal market and sinking funds, if applicable. Option-adjusted models may be used for structured or callable notes, as appropriate.
Derivative Financial Instruments – The fair value for interest rate swap agreements is based upon the expected future cash flows of the agreements discounted at market rates. These derivative instruments are classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized in the table below as of the dates indicated (dollars in thousands).
| Quoted Prices in | Significant | |||||||||||||||
| Active Markets for | Significant Other | Unobservable | ||||||||||||||
| Identical Assets | Observable Inputs | Inputs | ||||||||||||||
| Fair Value | (Level 1) | (Level 2) | (Level 3) | |||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||
| Assets: | ||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ||||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||
| Assets: | ||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies and corporations | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | ||||||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | ||||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Commercial mortgage-backed securities | ||||||||||||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross assets | ||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross liabilities | $ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
The Company reviews fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the Company’s ability to observe inputs to the valuation may cause reclassification of certain assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The table below provides a reconciliation for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs, or level 3 inputs (dollars in thousands).
| Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions | Corporate Bonds | Total | ||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Realized gain (loss) included in net income | ||||||||||||
| Unrealized (loss) gain included in other comprehensive loss | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Purchases | ||||||||||||
| Sales | ||||||||||||
| Maturities, prepayments, and calls | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| Transfers into level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Transfers out of level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Realized gain (loss) included in net income | ||||||||||||
|
| ||||||||||||
| Purchases | ||||||||||||
| Sales | ||||||||||||
| Maturities, prepayments, and calls | ( | ) | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||
| Transfers into level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Transfers out of level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2025 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
There were
The following table provides quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurements of level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands).
| Estimated Fair Value | Valuation Technique | Unobservable Inputs | Range of Discounts | Weighted Average Discount(1) | |||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | Option-adjusted discounted cash flow model; present value of expected future cash flow model | Bond appraisal adjustment(2) | ||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions | $ | Option-adjusted discounted cash flow model; present value of expected future cash flow model | Bond appraisal adjustment(2) | ||||||||||||
| Corporate bonds | Option-adjusted discounted cash flow model; present value of expected future cash flow model | Bond appraisal adjustment(2) | |||||||||||||
| (1) | Weighted by relative fair value. | |
| (2) | Fair values determined through valuation analysis using coupon, yield (discount margin), liquidity and expected repayment dates. |
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis
Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of assets and liabilities valued on a nonrecurring basis:
Loans Individually Evaluated – For collateral dependent loans where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, the expected credit loss is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the fair value of the collateral, which is based on third-party appraisals. Individually evaluated loans that are not collateral dependent are evaluated based on a discounted cash flow methodology. Credits deemed uncollectible are charged to the ACL. Since not all valuation inputs are observable, these nonrecurring fair value determinations are classified as level 3.
Other Real Estate Owned – Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and real property no longer used in the Bank’s business operations. Other real estate owned is recorded at the lower of its net book value or fair value, and it may be necessary to record nonrecurring fair value adjustments for declines in fair value. Fair value, when recorded, is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers and adjusted for management’s estimates of costs to sell. Accordingly, values for other real estate owned are classified as level 3.
Quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis based on significant unobservable inputs (level 3) are summarized below as of the dates indicated; there were
| Estimated Fair Value | Valuation Technique | Unobservable Inputs | Range of Discounts | Weighted Average Discount(1) | |||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | |||||||||||||||
| Loans individually evaluated for impairment(2) | $ | Discounted cash flows, underlying collateral value | Collateral discounts and estimated costs to sell | | |||||||||||
| Other real estate owned(3) | Underlying collateral value, third party appraisals | Collateral discounts and discount rates | | ||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||
| Loans individually evaluated for impairment(2) | $ | Discounted cash flows, underlying collateral value | Collateral discounts and estimated costs to sell | | |||||||||||
| Other real estate owned(3) | Underlying collateral value, third party appraisals | Collateral discounts and discount rates | | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Weighted by relative fair value. | |
| (2) | Loans individually evaluated that were re-measured during the period had a carrying value of $ | |
| (3) | Other real estate owned that was remeasured during the period had a carrying value of $ |
Financial Instruments
Accounting guidance requires the disclosure of estimated fair value information about certain on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, including those financial instruments that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. The significant methods and assumptions used by the Company to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are discussed below.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – For these short-term instruments, the fair value is the carrying value.
Investment Securities and Equity Securities – The fair value measurement techniques and assumptions for AFS securities and marketable equity securities is discussed earlier in the note. The same measurement techniques and assumptions were applied to the valuation of HTM securities and nonmarketable equity securities including equity in correspondent banks.
Loans – The fair value of portfolio loans, net is determined using an exit price methodology. The exit price methodology is based on a discounted cash flow analysis, in which projected cash flows are based on contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayments for certain loan types (e.g. residential mortgage loans and multifamily loans) and the use of a discount rate based on expected relative risk of the cash flows. The discount rate selected considers loan type, maturity date, a liquidity premium, cost to service, and cost of capital.
Deposits – The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis that applies market interest rates on comparable instruments to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
Short-Term Borrowings – The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings approximate their fair values because of their short-term nature.
Long-Term Borrowings, including Junior Subordinated Debt Securities – The fair values of long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
Subordinated Debt Securities – The fair value of subordinated debt is estimated based on current market rates on similar debt in the market.
Derivative Financial Instruments – The fair value measurement techniques and assumptions for derivative financial instruments is discussed earlier in the note.
The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are shown below (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying Amount | Estimated Fair Value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||
| Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Investment securities - AFS | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Investment securities - HTM | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonmarketable equity securities | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans, net of allowance | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Deposits | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| FHLB short-term advances and repurchase agreements | ||||||||||||||||||||
| FHLB long-term advances | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Junior subordinated debt | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Subordinated debt | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Carrying Amount | Estimated Fair Value | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||
| Financial assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Investment securities - AFS | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Investment securities - HTM | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Nonmarketable equity securities | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans, net of allowance | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities: | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Deposits, noninterest-bearing | $ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Deposits, interest-bearing | ||||||||||||||||||||
| FHLB short-term advances and repurchase agreements | ||||||||||||||||||||
| FHLB long-term advances | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Junior subordinated debt | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Subordinated debt | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest rate swaps - gross liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
NOTE 18. REGULATORY MATTERS
The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total, Common Equity Tier 1, and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined).
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank was considered well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum risk-based and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table below and not be subject to a written agreement or order with regulators to maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. There are no conditions or events since the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action was issued that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are presented in the tables below (dollars in thousands).
| Actual | Capital Adequacy* | Well Capitalized | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 leverage capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | $ | % | $ | % | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 leverage capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | $ | % | $ | % | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total risk-based capital | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Holding Corporation | NA | NA | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Investar Bank | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
*The minimum ratios and amounts under the column for Capital Adequacy for December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 reflect the minimum regulatory capital ratios imposed under Basel III plus the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer of
Applicable federal statutes, regulations, and guidance impose restrictions on the amounts of dividends that may be declared by the Company and the Bank. In addition to the formal statutes, regulations, and guidance, regulatory authorities also consider the adequacy of the Company’s and the Bank’s total capital in relation to its assets, deposits, risk profile, and other such items and, as a result, capital adequacy considerations could further limit the availability of dividends from the Company and the Bank. The Company is also subject to dividend restrictions under the terms of its Series A Preferred Stock, 2032 Notes and junior subordinated debentures. See “Common Stock – Dividend Restrictions” in Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity, for more information.
NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Unfunded Commitments
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk entered into in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit consisting of loan commitments and standby letters of credit, which are not included in the accompanying financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses. The Company applies the same credit standards used in the lending process when extending these commitments and periodically reassesses the customer’s creditworthiness through ongoing credit reviews. Since some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Collateral is obtained based on the Company’s assessment of the transaction. Substantially all standby letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year.
The table below shows the amounts of the Company’s commitments to extend credit as of the dates presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | |||||||
| Loan commitments | $ | $ | ||||||
| Standby letters of credit | ||||||||
The credit risk associated with these commitments is evaluated in a manner similar to the ACL on loans and is included in “Accrued taxes and other liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The table below shows a summary of the activity in the ACL on unfunded loan commitments for the periods presented (dollars in thousands).
| December 31, 2025 | December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
| Balance, beginning of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on unfunded loan commitments | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||||||
| ASC 326 adoption impact(1) | ( | ) | ||||||||||
| Balance, end of period | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| (1) | On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASC 326, which introduced a new model known as CECL. |
Additionally, at December 31, 2025, the Company had unfunded commitments of $
Legal Proceedings
The nature of the business of the Company’s banking and other subsidiaries ordinarily results in a certain amount of claims, litigation, investigations, and legal and administrative cases and proceedings, which are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. Some of these claims are against entities which the Company acquired in business acquisitions. The Company has asserted defenses to these claims and, with respect to such legal proceedings, intends to continue to defend itself, litigating or settling cases according to management’s judgment as to what is in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders.
The Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Where it is probable that the Company will incur a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company records a liability in its consolidated financial statements. These legal reserves may be increased or decreased to reflect any relevant developments on a quarterly basis. Where a loss is not probable or the amount of loss is not estimable, the Company does not accrue legal reserves. While the outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, based on information currently available and available insurance coverage, the Company’s management believes that it has established appropriate legal reserves. If an accrual is not made, and there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss may have been incurred, the Company discloses the nature of the contingency and an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made. Any incremental liabilities arising from pending legal proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows. However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows.
As of the date of this filing, the Company believes the amount of losses associated with legal proceedings that it is reasonably possible to incur is not material.
NOTE 20. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
The Bank has made and expects in the future to continue to make in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank, their affiliated companies, and other related persons. In management’s opinion, these loans were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements, and do not represent more than normal credit risk. See Note 3. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses, for more information regarding lending transactions between the Bank and these related parties.
During 2025 and 2024, certain executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, including companies with which they are affiliated and other related persons, were deposit customers of the Bank. See Note 8. Deposits, regarding total deposits outstanding to these related parties.
NOTE 21. PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
| BALANCE SHEETS | ||||||||
| December 31, | ||||||||
| (dollars in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Cash and due from banks | $ | $ | ||||||
| Equity securities at fair value | ||||||||
| Due from bank subsidiary | ||||||||
| Investment in bank subsidiary | ||||||||
| Investment in trust | ||||||||
| Trademark intangible | ||||||||
| Other assets | ||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | ||||||
| LIABILITIES | ||||||||
| Subordinated debt, net of unamortized issuance costs | $ | $ | ||||||
| Junior subordinated debt | ||||||||
| Accounts payable | ||||||||
| Accrued interest payable | ||||||||
| Dividend payable | ||||||||
| Deferred tax liability | ||||||||
| Total liabilities | ||||||||
| STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY | ||||||||
| Preferred stock | ||||||||
| Common stock | ||||||||
| Surplus | ||||||||
| Retained earnings | ||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | ||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | ||||||
| STATEMENTS OF INCOME | ||||||||
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| (dollars in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| REVENUE | ||||||||
| Dividends received from bank subsidiary | $ | $ | ||||||
| Dividends on corporate stock | ||||||||
| Change in the fair value of equity securities | ||||||||
| Interest income from investment in trust | ||||||||
| Other operating income | ||||||||
| Total revenue | ||||||||
| EXPENSE | ||||||||
| Interest on borrowings | ||||||||
| Management fees to bank subsidiary | ||||||||
| Gain on early extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||
| Acquisition expense | ||||||||
| Other expense | ||||||||
| Total expense | ||||||||
| Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary | ||||||||
| Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary | ( | ) | ||||||
| Income tax benefit | ||||||||
| Net income | ||||||||
| Preferred stock dividends declared | ||||||||
| Net income available to common shareholders | $ | $ | ||||||
| STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS | ||||||||
| For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||
| (dollars in thousands) | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
| Net income | $ | $ | ||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | ||||||||
| Equity in undistributed earnings of bank subsidiary | ( | ) | ||||||
| Change in the fair value of equity securities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Amortization of subordinated debt issuance costs and purchase accounting adjustments | ||||||||
| Gain on early extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net change in: | ||||||||
| Due from bank subsidiary | ( | ) | ||||||
| Other assets | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Deferred tax liability | ||||||||
| Accrued other liabilities | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | ||||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
| Purchases of equity securities at fair value | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Purchases of other investments | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Investment in subsidiary | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES | ||||||||
| Cash dividends paid on common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Cash dividends paid on preferred stock | ( | ) | ||||||
| Payments to repurchase common stock | ( | ) | ( | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from stock options exercised | ||||||||
| Extinguishment of subordinated debt | ( | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds from preferred stock offering, net of issuance costs | ||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | ( | ) | ||||||
| Net increase in cash | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period | ||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of period | $ | $ | ||||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: | ||||||||
| Cash payments for: | ||||||||
| Interest on borrowings | $ | $ | ||||||
NOTE 22. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
The following is a summary of the information used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands, except share and per share data).
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Net income | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Less: preferred stock dividends declared | ||||||||||||
| Net income available to common shareholders | ||||||||||||
| Less: income allocated to participating securities | ||||||||||||
| Net income allocated to common shareholders | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Weighted average basic shares outstanding | ||||||||||||
| Dilutive effect of stock-based compensation | ||||||||||||
| Dilutive effect of Series A Preferred Stock | ||||||||||||
| Weighted average diluted shares outstanding | ||||||||||||
| Basic earnings per common share | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Diluted earnings per common share | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
The weighted average number of shares that have an antidilutive effect in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share and have been excluded from the computations above are shown below.
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Stock options | ||||||||||||
| RSUs | ||||||||||||
NOTE 23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Effective as of January 1, 2026, the Company, the holding company for the Bank, completed its previously announced acquisition of WFB, the holding company for FNB.
The acquisition was completed in accordance with the previously announced Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 1, 2025, by and between the Company and WFB (the “Merger Agreement”), which provided for the merger of WFB with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation, followed by the merger of FNB with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company issued an aggregate of
The acquisition of WFB will be accounted for as a business combination. The Company is currently in the process of completing the purchase accounting and has not made all of the remaining required disclosures such as the fair value of assets acquired and supplemental pro forma information, which will be disclosed in subsequent filings.
The Company has evaluated all other subsequent events and transactions that occurred after December 31, 2025 up through the date that the financial statements were available to be issued and determined that there were no additional events that require disclosure. No events or changes in circumstances were identified that would have an adverse impact on the financial statements.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (the Company’s principal executive and financial officers), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K for ensuring that information the Company is required to disclose in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes to internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
Management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in the “Internal Control - Integrated Framework,” (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control – Integrated Framework.”
| Date: March 16, 2026 | /s/ John J. D’Angelo | |
| John J. D’Angelo | ||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Date: March 16, 2026 | /s/ John R. Campbell | |
| John R. Campbell | ||
| Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer |
Shareholders and Board of Directors
Investar Holding Corporation
Baton Rouge, Louisiana
We have audited Investar Holding Corporation’s (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and our report dated March 16, 2026 expressed unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ BDO USA, P.C.
(formerly HORNE LLP)
Item 9B. Other Information
As previously disclosed, on during an open trading window, , of the Company, a prearranged stock trading plan (the “Plan”) to exercise up to
Pursuant to Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, of our other directors or executive officers adopted, terminated, or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or a non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement during the quarter ended December 31, 2025.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
PART III
Item Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Except as provided below, the information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2026 Proxy Statement”).
Code of Conduct and Ethics
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and any other senior financial officers, and the Company has also adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees. The full text of the Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and the Code of Conduct can be found by clicking on “Corporate Governance Information” under the “Investors” tab on the Company’s website, www.investarbank.com, and then by clicking on “Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers” or “Code of Conduct,” as applicable. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05(c) of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Company’s Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers by posting such information on its website, at the address specified above.
Insider Trading Policy
The Company has adopted an insider trading policy that governs the purchase, sale, and certain other transactions of Company’s equity and debt securities by employees, directors, officers and advisory directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and their family members. The insider trading policy is reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. A copy of our insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the 2026 Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Stock Ownership
Except as provided below, the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the 2026 Proxy Statement.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table presents certain information regarding our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2025.
| Plan category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights(1) |
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans |
|||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(2) |
515,323 | $ | 19.33 | 213,526 | ||||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(3) |
49,014 | 16.71 | — | |||||||||
| Total |
564,337 | $ | 18.77 | 213,526 | ||||||||
| (1) | Includes 337,735 shares issuable pursuant to outstanding RSUs, which do not have an exercise price. | |
| (2) |
Represents shares available for issuance under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2017 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan authorizes the grant of various types of equity grants and awards, such as restricted stock, stock options and stock appreciation rights to eligible participants, which include all of the Company’s employees, non-employee directors, and consultants. |
|
| (3) | The Investar Holding Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2014 Plan”) was adopted by the Company’s board of directors on January 15, 2014 and was amended on March 13, 2014. Because the Company was a private corporation at the time of the adoption of the 2014 Plan, shareholder approval of the 2014 Plan was not required, nor was such approval obtained. A total of 600,000 shares of common stock was reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2014 Plan. Effective May 24, 2017, no future awards will be granted under the 2014 Plan, although the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan will continue to govern any outstanding awards thereunder. |
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the 2026 Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the 2026 Proxy Statement.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
| (a) | Documents Filed as Part of this Report. |
| (1) | The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data hereof: |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB ID:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| (2) |
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. |
| (3) |
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index. |
| Exhibit Number |
Description |
Location |
||||||||||||
| 2.1 |
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 1, 2025, by and among Investar Holding Corporation and Wichita Falls Bancshares, Inc. |
Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed with the SEC on July 1, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||||||||||
| 3.1 |
Composite Articles of Incorporation of Investar Holding Corporation |
Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company filed with the SEC on August 6, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 3.2 |
Amended and Restated By-laws of Investar Holding Corporation |
Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of the Company filed October 10, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 4.1 |
Specimen Common Stock Certificate |
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed May 16, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 4.2 | Specimen Certificate representing Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock | Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed with the SEC on July 1, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 4.3 |
Description of Registrant’s Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 |
Exhibit 4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 9, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference | ||||||||||||
| 4.4 |
Indenture, dated April 6, 2022, by and among Investar Holding Corporation and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee | Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference. |
||||||||||||
| 4.5 | Form of 5.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Note due 2032 | Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference |
| 10.1* |
Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 2020 by and among Investar Holding Corporation, Investar Bank, National Association, and John J. D’Angelo |
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 2020 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.2* | Employment Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2025, by and between Investar Bank, National Association and John R. Campbell | Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.3* | Salary Continuation Agreement, dated October 31, 2025, by and between Investar Bank and John R. Campbell | Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.4* | Split Dollar Agreement, dated May 9, 2024, by and between Investar Bank and John R. Campbell | Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.5* | First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement, dated October 31, 2025, by and between Investar Bank and John R. Campbell | Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 3, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.6* |
Amended and Restated Investar Holding Corporation 2017 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan |
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 20, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.7* |
Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2018, by and between Investar Bank and John D’Angelo |
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed March 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.8* |
Supplemental Salary Continuation Agreement, dated May 22, 2019, by and between Investar Bank and John D’Angelo |
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed May 23, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.9* |
Form of Split Dollar Agreement by and between Investar Bank and each executive entering into a Salary Continuation Agreement |
Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed March 1, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.10* |
Form of First Amendment to Split Dollar Agreement by and between Investar Bank and each executive entering into a Supplemental Salary Continuation Agreement |
Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 23, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.11* | Investar Holding Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Investar Holding Corporation 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan |
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed May 16, 2014 and, as to Amendment No.1, Exhibit 99.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 of the Company filed October 30, 2014, each of which is incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.12* |
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Investar Holding Corporation 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan |
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Company filed May 16, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.13* | Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2017 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan | Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 15, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference | ||||||||||||
| 10.14* |
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees |
Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 15, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.15* |
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors |
Exhibit 10.16 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 15, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.16* | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors - Five Year Vesting | Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company filed with the SEC on May 7, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.17* |
Investar Holding Corporation 401(k) Plan, as restated effective January 1, 2021 |
Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 10, 2021 and incorporated herein by reference |
||||||||||||
| 10.18 | Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2025, by and between Investar Holding Corporation and the purchasers set forth therein | Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed with the SEC on July 1, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 10.19 | Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 2025, by and between Investar Holding Corporation and the purchasers set forth therein | Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed with the SEC on July 1, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. | ||||||||||||
| 16.1 | Letter from Horne LLP dated November 1, 2025 | Exhibit 16.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company filed with the SEC on November 3, 2025 and incorporated herein by reference. |
| 19.1 | Investar Holding Corporation Insider Trading Policy | Filed herewith | ||||||||||||
| 21.1 |
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 23.1 |
Consent of BDO USA, P.C. |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 31.1 |
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 31.2 |
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 32.1 |
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 32.2 |
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
Filed herewith |
||||||||||||
| 97.1 | Investar Holding Corporation Clawback Policy | Exhibit 97.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company filed March 7, 2024 and incorporated herein by reference |
| 101.INS |
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 101.SCH |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 101.CAL |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 101.DEF |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 101.LAB |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 101.PRE |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
Filed herewith | ||
| 104 |
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL Document and include in Exhibit 101) |
Filed herewith |
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| INVESTAR HOLDING CORPORATION |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ John J. D’Angelo |
| John J. D’Angelo |
|||
| President and |
|||
| Chief Executive Officer |
|||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ John J. D’Angelo |
| John J. D’Angelo |
|||
| President, Chief Executive |
|||
| Officer and Director |
|||
| (Principal Executive Officer) |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ John R. Campbell |
| John R. Campbell |
|||
| Executive Vice President and |
|||
| Chief Financial Officer |
|||
| (Principal Financial Officer) |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Corey E. Moore |
| Corey E. Moore | |||
| Executive Vice President and |
|||
| Deputy Chief Financial Officer |
|||
| (Principal Accounting Officer) |
|||
| Date: | March 16, 2026 | by: | /s/ James F. Dunkerley |
| James F. Dunkerley | |||
| Director | |||
| Date: | March 16, 2026 | by: | s/ David A. Flack, M.D. |
| David A. Flack, M.D. | |||
| Director | |||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Scott G. Ginn |
| Scott G. Ginn |
|||
| Director |
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ William H. Hidalgo, Sr. |
| William H. Hidalgo, Sr. |
|||
| Chairman of the Board |
|||
| Date: | March 16, 2026 | by: | /s/ Rose J. Hudson |
| Rose J. Hudson | |||
| Director | |||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Gordon H. Joffrion, III |
| Gordon H. Joffrion, III |
|||
| Director |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Robert C. Jordan |
| Robert C. Jordan |
|||
| Director |
|||
| Date: | March 16, 2026 | by: | /s/ Julio A. Melara |
| Julio A. Melara | |||
| Director | |||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Suzanne O. Middleton |
| Suzanne O. Middleton |
|||
| Director |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Andrew C. Nelson, M.D. |
| Andrew C. Nelson, M.D. |
|||
| Director |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ Frank L. Walker |
| Frank L. Walker |
|||
| Director |
|||
| Date: |
March 16, 2026 |
by: |
/s/ James E. Yegge, M.D. |
| James E. Yegge, M.D. | |||
| Director |
FAQ
What is Investar Holding Corporation’s business focus in its 2025 10-K (ISTR)?
How large is Investar Holding Corporation according to its December 31, 2025 figures?
What are the key terms of Investar’s Wichita Falls Bancshares (WFB) acquisition?
How important is lending to Investar Holding Corporation’s revenue mix?
What major risks does Investar highlight in its 2025 annual report?
How have interest rates and securities values affected Investar’s results?
